Commit Graph

1023 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Andrew Lunn dc0fe7d47f net: dsa: Set the master device's MTU to account for DSA overheads
DSA tagging of frames sent over the master interface to the switch
increases the size of the frame. Such frames can then be bigger than
the normal MTU of the master interface, and it may drop them. Use the
overhead information from the tagger to set the MTU of the master
device to include this overhead.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-12-06 12:18:17 -08:00
Andrew Lunn a5dd308778 net: dsa: Add overhead to tag protocol ops.
Each DSA tag protocol needs to add additional headers to the Ethernet
frame in order to direct it towards a specific switch egress port. It
must also remove the head from a frame received from a
switch. Indicate the maximum size of these headers in the tag protocol
ops structure, so the core can take these overheads into account.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-12-06 12:18:16 -08:00
Florian Fainelli a3d7e01da0 net: dsa: Fix tagging attribute location
While introducing the DSA tagging protocol attribute, it was added to the DSA
slave network devices, but those actually see untagged traffic (that is their
whole purpose). Correct this mistake by putting the tagging sysfs attribute
under the DSA master network device where this is the information that we need.

While at it, also correct the sysfs documentation mistake that missed the
"dsa/" directory component of the attribute.

Fixes: 98cdb48071 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-30 17:17:39 -08:00
Petr Machata ab4a16869f rocker, dsa, ethsw: Don't filter VLAN events on bridge itself
Due to an explicit check in rocker_world_port_obj_vlan_add(),
dsa_slave_switchdev_event() resp. port_switchdev_event(), VLAN objects
that are added to a device that is not a front-panel port device are
ignored. Therefore this check is immaterial.

Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-23 18:02:24 -08:00
Petr Machata d17d9f5e51 switchdev: Replace port obj add/del SDO with a notification
Drop switchdev_ops.switchdev_port_obj_add and _del. Drop the uses of
this field from all clients, which were migrated to use switchdev
notification in the previous patches.

Add a new function switchdev_port_obj_notify() that sends the switchdev
notifications SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL.

Update switchdev_port_obj_del_now() to dispatch to this new function.
Drop __switchdev_port_obj_add() and update switchdev_port_obj_add()
likewise.

Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-23 18:02:24 -08:00
Petr Machata 2b239f6780 net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL
Following patches will change the way of distributing port object
changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The
switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower
devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The
notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which
may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a
completely unrelated device.

DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge.
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on
the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could
be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge
notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the
driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It
is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the
notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the
filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place.

To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking
notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to
maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently
has.

Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-23 18:02:23 -08:00
Wolfram Sang 2af1ccd581 net: dsa: legacy: simplify getting .driver_data
We should get 'driver_data' from 'struct device' directly. Going via
platform_device is an unneeded step back and forth.

Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-22 19:49:04 -07:00
Debabrata Banerjee c9fbd71f73 netpoll: allow cleanup to be synchronous
This fixes a problem introduced by:
commit 2cde6acd49 ("netpoll: Fix __netpoll_rcu_free so that it can hold the rtnl lock")

When using netconsole on a bond, __netpoll_cleanup can asynchronously
recurse multiple times, each __netpoll_free_async call can result in
more __netpoll_free_async's. This means there is now a race between
cleanup_work queues on multiple netpoll_info's on multiple devices and
the configuration of a new netpoll. For example if a netconsole is set
to enable 0, reconfigured, and enable 1 immediately, this netconsole
will likely not work.

Given the reason for __netpoll_free_async is it can be called when rtnl
is not locked, if it is locked, we should be able to execute
synchronously. It appears to be locked everywhere it's called from.

Generalize the design pattern from the teaming driver for current
callers of __netpoll_free_async.

CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-19 17:01:43 -07:00
Ido Schimmel e9ba0fbc7d bridge: switchdev: Allow clearing FDB entry offload indication
Currently, an FDB entry only ceases being offloaded when it is deleted.
This changes with VxLAN encapsulation.

Devices capable of performing VxLAN encapsulation usually have only one
FDB table, unlike the software data path which has two - one in the
bridge driver and another in the VxLAN driver.

Therefore, bridge FDB entries pointing to a VxLAN device are only
offloaded if there is a corresponding entry in the VxLAN FDB.

Allow clearing the offload indication in case the corresponding entry
was deleted from the VxLAN FDB.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-17 17:45:08 -07:00
zhong jiang b458925ed5 net: dsa: remove redundant null pointer check before put_device
put_device has taken the null pinter check into account. So it is
safe to remove the duplicated check before put_device.

Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-17 08:20:11 -07:00
Hauke Mehrtens 711ddb625c net: dsa: tag_gswip: Add gswip to dsa_tag_protocol_to_str()
The gswip tag was missing in the dsa_tag_protocol_to_str() function, add it.

Fixes: 7969119293 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel GSWIP tag support")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-17 08:12:11 -07:00
Hauke Mehrtens 7969119293 net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel GSWIP tag support
This handles the tag added by the PMAC on the VRX200 SoC line.

The GSWIP uses internally a GSWIP special tag which is located after the
Ethernet header. The PMAC which connects the GSWIP to the CPU converts
this special tag used by the GSWIP into the PMAC special tag which is
added in front of the Ethernet header.

This was tested with GSWIP 2.1 found in the VRX200 SoCs, other GSWIP
versions use slightly different PMAC special tags.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-13 08:14:33 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 98cdb48071 net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space
There is no way for user-space to know what a given DSA network device's
tagging protocol is. Expose this information through a dsa/tagging
attribute which reflects the tagging protocol currently in use.

This is helpful for configuration (e.g: none behaves dramatically
different wrt. bridges) as well as for packet capture tools when there
is not a proper Ethernet type available.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-07 14:49:55 -07:00
Linus Walleij ad8619864f net: dsa: Drop GPIO includes
Commit 52638f71fc ("dsa: Move gpio reset into switch driver")
moved the GPIO handling into the switch drivers but forgot
to remove the GPIO header includes.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-27 15:24:33 -07:00
Cong Wang 244cd96adb net_sched: remove list_head from tc_action
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.

Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-21 12:45:44 -07:00
David S. Miller a736e07468 Merge ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Overlapping changes in RXRPC, changing to ktime_get_seconds() whilst
adding some tracepoints.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-09 11:52:36 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 1be52e97ed dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink
For a port to be able to use EEE, both the MAC and the PHY must
support EEE. A phy can be provided by both a phydev or phylink. Verify
at least one of these exist, not just phydev.

Fixes: aab9c4067d ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-08 19:19:03 -07:00
David S. Miller 89b1698c93 Merge ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
The BTF conflicts were simple overlapping changes.

The virtio_net conflict was an overlap of a fix of statistics counter,
happening alongisde a move over to a bonafide statistics structure
rather than counting value on the stack.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-02 10:55:32 -07:00
Florian Fainelli a94c689e6c net: dsa: Do not suspend/resume closed slave_dev
If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need
to suspend or resume it.

Fixes: 2446254915 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-01 09:53:45 -07:00
Salvatore Mesoraca 0015b80abc net: dsa: Remove VLA usage
We avoid 2 VLAs by using a pre-allocated field in dsa_switch. We also
try to avoid dynamic allocation whenever possible (when using fewer than
bits-per-long ports, which is the common case).

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180505185145.GB32630@lunn.ch
Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com>
[kees: tweak commit subject and message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-07-18 15:08:31 -07:00
John Hurley 60513bd82c net: sched: pass extack pointer to block binds and cb registration
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.

Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-26 23:21:32 +09:00
Zhouyang Jia 349b71d6f4 net: dsa: add error handling for pskb_trim_rcsum
When pskb_trim_rcsum fails, the lack of error-handling code may
cause unexpected results.

This patch adds error-handling code after calling pskb_trim_rcsum.

Signed-off-by: Zhouyang Jia <jiazhouyang09@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-11 14:19:38 -07:00
Petr Machata da0efa8888 dsa: port: Ignore bridge VLAN events
A follow-up patch enables emitting VLAN notifications for the bridge CPU
port in addition to the existing slave port notifications. These
notifications have orig_dev set to the bridge in question.

Because there's no specific support for these VLANs, just ignore the
notifications to maintain the current behavior.

Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-31 14:13:43 -04:00
David S. Miller 6f6e434aa2 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.

TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.

The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.

Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-21 16:01:54 -04:00
Jiri Pirko da07739248 dsa: set devlink port attrs for dsa ports
Set the attrs and allow to expose port flavour to user via devlink.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-19 16:30:39 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 5447d78623 net: dsa: Do not register devlink for unused ports
Even if commit 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports") indicated
that registering a devlink instance for unused ports is not a problem, and this
is true, this can be confusing nonetheless, so let's not do it.

Fixes: 1d27732f41 ("net: dsa: setup and teardown ports")
Reported-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-18 12:08:25 -04:00
Florian Fainelli aab9c4067d net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support
Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more
complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G
PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of
complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree.

Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different
stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain
functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during
phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps.

Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_*
operations that DSA wraps.

We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of
drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done
dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still.

Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need
to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK
*does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-11 12:03:06 -04:00
Florian Fainelli c4aef9fc0d net: dsa: Eliminate dsa_slave_get_link()
Since we use PHYLIB to manage the per-port link indication, this will
also be reflected correctly in the network device's carrier state, so we
can use ethtool_op_get_link() instead.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-11 12:03:06 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 11d8f3ddab net: dsa: Add PHYLINK switch operations
In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of
operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing.
Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches.

We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig
such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly
taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without
requiring stubs or anything.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-11 12:03:05 -04:00
Vivien Didelot a37fb855f6 net: dsa: fix added_by_user switchdev notification
Commit 161d82de1f ("net: bridge: Notify about !added_by_user FDB
entries") causes the below oops when bringing up a slave interface,
because dsa_port_fdb_add is still scheduled, but with a NULL address.

To fix this, keep the dsa_slave_switchdev_event function agnostic of the
notified info structure and handle the added_by_user flag in the
specific dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work function.

    [   75.512263] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000000
    [   75.519063] pgd = (ptrval)
    [   75.520545] [00000000] *pgd=00000000
    [   75.522839] Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] ARM
    [   75.525898] Modules linked in:
    [   75.527673] CPU: 0 PID: 9 Comm: kworker/u2:1 Not tainted 4.17.0-rc2 #78
    [   75.532988] Hardware name: Freescale Vybrid VF5xx/VF6xx (Device Tree)
    [   75.538153] Workqueue: dsa_ordered dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work
    [   75.542970] PC is at mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge+0x60/0x1b0
    [   75.547341] LR is at mdiobus_read_nested+0x6c/0x78
    [   75.550833] pc : [<804cd5c0>]    lr : [<804bba84>]    psr: 60070013
    [   75.555796] sp : 9f54bd78  ip : 9f54bd87  fp : 9f54bddc
    [   75.559719] r10: 00000000  r9 : 0000000e  r8 : 9f6a6010
    [   75.563643] r7 : 00000000  r6 : 81203048  r5 : 9f6a6010  r4 : 9f6a601c
    [   75.568867] r3 : 00000000  r2 : 00000000  r1 : 0000000d  r0 : 00000000
    [   75.574094] Flags: nZCv  IRQs on  FIQs on  Mode SVC_32  ISA ARM  Segment none
    [   75.579933] Control: 10c53c7d  Table: 9de20059  DAC: 00000051
    [   75.584384] Process kworker/u2:1 (pid: 9, stack limit = 0x(ptrval))
    [   75.589349] Stack: (0x9f54bd78 to 0x9f54c000)
    [   75.592406] bd60:                                                       00000000 00000000
    [   75.599295] bd80: 00000391 9f299d10 9f299d68 8014317c 9f7f0000 8120af00 00006dc2 00000000
    [   75.606186] bda0: 8120af00 00000000 9f54bdec 1c9f5d92 8014317c 9f6a601c 9f6a6010 00000000
    [   75.613076] bdc0: 00000000 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be0c 9f54bde0 804cd8a8 804cd56c
    [   75.619966] bde0: 0000000e 80143680 00000001 9dce9c1c 81203048 9dce9c10 00000003 00000000
    [   75.626858] be00: 9f54be5c 9f54be10 806abcac 804cd864 9f54be54 80143664 8014317c 80143054
    [   75.633748] be20: ffcaa81d 00000000 812030b0 1c9f5d92 00000000 81203048 9f54beb4 00000003
    [   75.640639] be40: ffffffff 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be84 9f54be60 80138e98 806abb18
    [   75.647529] be60: 81203048 9ddc4000 9dce9c54 9f72a300 00000000 00000000 9f54be9c 9f54be88
    [   75.654420] be80: 801390bc 80138e50 00000000 9dce9c54 9f54beac 9f54bea0 806a9524 801390a0
    [   75.661310] bea0: 9f54bedc 9f54beb0 806a9c7c 806a950c 9f54becc 00000000 00000000 00000000
    [   75.668201] bec0: 9f540000 1c9f5d92 805fe604 9ddffc00 9f54befc 9f54bee0 806ab228 806a9c38
    [   75.675092] bee0: 806ab178 9ddffc00 9f4c1900 9f40d200 9f54bf34 9f54bf00 80131e30 806ab184
    [   75.681983] bf00: 9f40d214 9f54a038 9f40d200 9f40d200 9f4c1918 812119a0 9f40d214 9f54a038
    [   75.688873] bf20: 9f40d200 9f4c1900 9f54bf7c 9f54bf38 80132124 80131d1c 9f5f2dd8 00000000
    [   75.695764] bf40: 812119a0 9f54a038 812119a0 81259c5b 9f5f2dd8 9f5f2dc0 9f53dbc0 00000000
    [   75.702655] bf60: 9f4c1900 801320b4 9f5f2dd8 9f4f7e88 9f54bfac 9f54bf80 80137ad0 801320c0
    [   75.709544] bf80: 9f54a000 9f53dbc0 801379a0 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
    [   75.716434] bfa0: 00000000 9f54bfb0 801010e8 801379ac 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
    [   75.723324] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
    [   75.730206] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000 00000000 00000000
    [   75.737083] Backtrace:
    [   75.738252] [<804cd560>] (mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge) from [<804cd8a8>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x68)
    [   75.746795]  r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:9f6a6010
    [   75.753323]  r4:9f6a601c
    [   75.754570] [<804cd858>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add) from [<806abcac>] (dsa_switch_event+0x1a0/0x660)
    [   75.762238]  r8:00000000 r7:00000003 r6:9dce9c10 r5:81203048 r4:9dce9c1c
    [   75.767655] [<806abb0c>] (dsa_switch_event) from [<80138e98>] (notifier_call_chain+0x54/0x94)
    [   75.774893]  r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:ffffffff r6:00000003 r5:9f54beb4
    [   75.781423]  r4:81203048
    [   75.782672] [<80138e44>] (notifier_call_chain) from [<801390bc>] (raw_notifier_call_chain+0x28/0x30)
    [   75.790514]  r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:9f72a300 r6:9dce9c54 r5:9ddc4000 r4:81203048
    [   75.796982] [<80139094>] (raw_notifier_call_chain) from [<806a9524>] (dsa_port_notify+0x24/0x38)
    [   75.804483] [<806a9500>] (dsa_port_notify) from [<806a9c7c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x6c)
    [   75.811371] [<806a9c2c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add) from [<806ab228>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work+0xb0/0x10c)
    [   75.819635]  r4:9ddffc00
    [   75.820885] [<806ab178>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work) from [<80131e30>] (process_one_work+0x120/0x3a4)
    [   75.829241]  r6:9f40d200 r5:9f4c1900 r4:9ddffc00 r3:806ab178
    [   75.833612] [<80131d10>] (process_one_work) from [<80132124>] (worker_thread+0x70/0x574)
    [   75.840415]  r10:9f4c1900 r9:9f40d200 r8:9f54a038 r7:9f40d214 r6:812119a0 r5:9f4c1918
    [   75.846945]  r4:9f40d200
    [   75.848191] [<801320b4>] (worker_thread) from [<80137ad0>] (kthread+0x130/0x160)
    [   75.854300]  r10:9f4f7e88 r9:9f5f2dd8 r8:801320b4 r7:9f4c1900 r6:00000000 r5:9f53dbc0
    [   75.860830]  r4:9f5f2dc0
    [   75.862076] [<801379a0>] (kthread) from [<801010e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
    [   75.867999] Exception stack(0x9f54bfb0 to 0x9f54bff8)
    [   75.871753] bfa0:                                     00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
    [   75.878640] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
    [   75.885519] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000
    [   75.890844]  r10:00000000 r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:801379a0
    [   75.897377]  r4:9f53dbc0 r3:9f54a000
    [   75.899663] Code: e3a02000 e3a03000 e14b26f4 e24bc055 (e5973000)
    [   75.904575] ---[ end trace fbca818a124dbf0d ]---

Fixes: 816a3bed95 ("switchdev: Add fdb.added_by_user to switchdev notifications")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 15:26:50 -04:00
Petr Machata 816a3bed95 switchdev: Add fdb.added_by_user to switchdev notifications
The following patch enables sending notifications also for events on FDB
entries that weren't added by the user. Give the drivers the information
necessary to distinguish between the two origins of FDB entries.

To maintain the current behavior, have switchdev-implementing drivers
bail out on notifications about non-user-added FDB entries. In case of
mlxsw driver, allow a call to mlxsw_sp_span_respin() so that SPAN over
bridge catches up with the changed FDB.

Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-03 13:46:47 -04:00
Florian Fainelli cf96357303 net: dsa: Allow providing PHY statistics from CPU port
Implement the same type of ethtool diversion that we have for
ETH_SS_STATS and make it work with ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. This allows
providing PHY level statistics for CPU ports that are directly
connecting to a PHY device.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 11:53:03 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 6207a78c09 net: dsa: Add helper function to obtain PHY device of a given port
In preparation for having more call sites attempting to obtain a
reference against a PHY device corresponding to a particular port,
introduce a helper function for that purpose.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 11:53:03 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 89f0904834 net: dsa: Pass stringset to ethtool operations
Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS
type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with
the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS.
Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act
on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 11:53:03 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 1d1e79f1c6 net: dsa: Do not check for ethtool_ops validity
This is completely redundant with what netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
does, we are always guaranteed to have a valid dev->ethtool_ops pointer,
however, within that structure, not all function calls may be populated,
so we still have to check them individually.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-27 11:53:02 -04:00
Andrew Lunn fc5f33768c net: dsa: Discard frames from unused ports
The Marvell switches under some conditions will pass a frame to the
host with the port being the CPU port. Such frames are invalid, and
should be dropped. Not dropping them can result in a crash when
incrementing the receive statistics for an invalid port.

Reported-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-08 10:34:49 -04:00
David S. Miller 03fe2debbb Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...

For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds.  Trivially resolved.

In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.

In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.

The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.

The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:

====================

    Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
    branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
    being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
    merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
    and the for-next branch.  This merge resolves those conflicts and
    provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
    be based.

    Conflicts:
            drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
            (IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
            commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
            add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
            init/de-init functions used by mlx5.  To support the new
            representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
            needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
            added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
            match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
            patch.
    Updates:
            drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
            prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
            names as changed by cleanup patch
            drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
            stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-23 11:31:58 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 5a9f8df68e net: dsa: Fix dsa_is_user_port() test inversion
During the conversion to dsa_is_user_port(), a condition ended up being
reversed, which would prevent the creation of any user port when using
the legacy binding and/or platform data, fix that.

Fixes: 4a5b85ffe2 ("net: dsa: use dsa_is_user_port everywhere")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-12 21:04:55 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 88c060549a dsa: Pass the port to get_sset_count()
By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different
statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces
with their own statistic counters.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-04 13:34:18 -05:00
Brandon Streiff 90af1059c5 net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers
Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the
switch driver.

On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp.
This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp.

On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the
underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior
of skb_tx_timestamp.

Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone
in the same central function by Richard Cochran

Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 14:33:37 -05:00
Brandon Streiff 0336369d3a net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver
This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that
switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the
ethtool timestamp-info interface.

Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 14:33:37 -05:00
Sebastian Reichel 33615367f3 net: dsa: Support internal phy on 'cpu' port
This adds support for enabling the internal PHY for a 'cpu' port.
It has been tested on GE B850v3,  B650v3 and B450v3, which have a
built-in MV88E6240 switch hardwired to a PCIe based network card.
On these machines the internal PHY of the i210 network card and
the Marvell switch are connected to each other and must be enabled
for properly using the switch. While the i210 PHY will be enabled
when the network interface is enabled, the switch's port is not
exposed as network interface. Additionally the mv88e6xxx driver
resets the chip during probe, so the PHY is disabled without this
patch.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-23 19:22:38 -05:00
Florian Fainelli bf08c34086 net: dsa: Move padding into Broadcom tagger
Instead of having the different master network device drivers
potentially used by DSA/Broadcom tags, move the padding necessary for
the switches to accept short packets where it makes most sense: within
tag_brcm.c. This avoids multiplying the number of similar commits to
e.g: bgmac, bcmsysport, etc.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-05 11:21:31 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 21602e1a55 net: dsa: Fix dsa_legacy_register() return value
We need to make the dsa_legacy_register() stub return 0 in order for
dsa_init_module() to successfully register and continue registering the
ETH_P_XDSA packet handler.

Fixes: 2a93c1a365 ("net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-01-02 21:52:48 -05:00
David S. Miller c30abd5e40 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-16 22:11:55 -05:00
Sean Wang f0af34317f net: dsa: mediatek: combine MediaTek tag with VLAN tag
In order to let MT7530 switch can recognize well those egress packets
having both special tag and VLAN tag, the information about the special
tag should be carried on the existing VLAN tag. On the other hand, it's
unnecessary for extra handling for ingress packets when VLAN tag is
present since it is able to put the VLAN tag after the special tag and
then follow the existing way to parse.

Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-15 10:31:54 -05:00
Pravin Shedge 83593010d3 net: remove duplicate includes
These duplicate includes have been found with scripts/checkincludes.pl but
they have been removed manually to avoid removing false positives.

Signed-off-by: Pravin Shedge <pravin.shedge4linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-13 13:18:46 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 2a93c1a365 net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support
Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out
support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration.
Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-07 14:14:54 -05:00
Cong Wang 9f8a739e72 act_mirred: get rid of tcfm_ifindex from struct tcf_mirred
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.

If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.

This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.

Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-06 14:50:13 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 986d7ccf7e net: dsa: assign a CPU port to DSA port
DSA ports also need to have a dedicated CPU port assigned to them,
because they need to know where to egress frames targeting the CPU,
e.g. To_Cpu frames received on a Marvell Tag port.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-05 18:01:34 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 3169241f55 net: dsa: support cross-chip FDB operations
When a MAC address is added to or removed from a switch port in the
fabric, the target switch must program its port and adjacent switches
must program their local DSA port used to reach the target switch.

For this purpose, use the dsa_towards_port() helper to identify the
local switch port which must be programmed.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:21:17 -05:00
Vivien Didelot e6db98db8a net: dsa: add switch mdb bitmap functions
This patch brings no functional changes.
It moves out the MDB code iterating on a multicast group into new
dsa_switch_mdb_{prepare,add}_bitmap() functions.

This gives us a better isolation of the two switchdev phases.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:18:56 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 9c428c593f net: dsa: add switch vlan bitmap functions
This patch brings no functional changes.
It moves out the VLAN code iterating on a list of VLAN members into new
dsa_switch_vlan_{prepare,add}_bitmap() functions.

This gives us a better isolation of the two switchdev phases.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:18:56 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 3709aadc83 net: dsa: remove trans argument from mdb ops
The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.

Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:18:56 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 80e0236079 net: dsa: remove trans argument from vlan ops
The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.

Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations.

At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning:

    WARNING: line over 80 characters
    #74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177:
    +				      const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 21:18:55 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 9e741045fa net: dsa: fix 'increment on 0' warning
Setting the refcount to 0 when allocating a tree to match the number of
switch devices it holds may cause an 'increment on 0; use-after-free',
if CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL is enabled.

To fix this, do not decrement the refcount of a newly allocated tree,
increment it when an already allocated tree is found, and decrement it
after the probing of a switch, as done with the previous behavior.

At the same time, make dsa_tree_get and dsa_tree_put accept a NULL
argument to simplify callers, and return the tree after incrementation,
as most kref users like of_node_get and of_node_put do.

Fixes: 8e5bf9759a ("net: dsa: simplify tree reference counting")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-26 04:23:10 +09:00
Egil Hjelmeland 1a48fbd9ec net: dsa: lan9303: calculate offload_fwd_mark from tag
The lan9303 set bits in the host CPU tag indicating if a ingress frame
is a trapped IGMP or STP frame. Use these bits to calculate
skb->offload_fwd_mark more efficiently.

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-14 21:47:48 +09:00
Andrew Lunn ee0ab7a2b0 net: dsa: Fix dependencies on bridge
DSA now uses one of the symbols exported by the bridge,
br_vlan_enabled(). This has a stub, if the bridge is not
enabled. However, if the bridge is enabled, we cannot have DSA built
in and the bridge as a module, otherwise we get undefined symbols at
link time:

   net/dsa/port.o: In function `dsa_port_vlan_add':
   net/dsa/port.c:255: undefined reference to `br_vlan_enabled'
   net/dsa/port.o: In function `dsa_port_vlan_del':
   net/dsa/port.c:270: undefined reference to `br_vlan_enabled'

Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-14 11:11:45 +09:00
Florian Fainelli b74b70c449 net: dsa: Support prepended Broadcom tag
Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the
4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it
is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and
the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM).

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-13 10:34:54 +09:00
Florian Fainelli f7c39e3d1e net: dsa: tag_brcm: Prepare for supporting prepended tag
In preparation for supporting the same Broadcom tag format, but instead
of inserted between the MAC SA and EtherType, prepended to the Ethernet
frame, restructure the code a little bit to make that possible and take
an offset parameter.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-13 10:34:54 +09:00
Florian Fainelli 5ed4e3eb02 net: dsa: Pass a port to get_tag_protocol()
A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a
possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port
number so they verify that.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-13 10:34:54 +09:00
David S. Miller fdae5f37a8 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2017-11-12 09:17:05 +09:00
Egil Hjelmeland 4672cd3605 net: dsa: lan9303: Clear offload_fwd_mark for IGMP
Now that IGMP packets no longer is flooded in HW, we want the SW bridge to
forward packets based on bridge configuration. To make that happen,
IGMP packets must have skb->offload_fwd_mark = 0.

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-11 21:50:14 +09:00
Andrew Lunn 13edbdb6ed net: dsa: {e}dsa: set offload_fwd_mark on received packets
The software bridge needs to know if a packet has already been bridged
by hardware offload to ports in the same hardware offload, in order
that it does not re-flood them, causing duplicates. This is
particularly true for broadcast and multicast traffic which the host
has requested.

By setting offload_fwd_mark in the skb the bridge will only flood to
ports in other offloads and other netifs. Set this flag in the DSA and
EDSA tag driver.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-11 19:33:11 +09:00
Andrew Lunn a42c8e33f2 net: dsa: Fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is used by the software bridge when
determining which ports to flood a packet out. If the packet
originated from a switch, it assumes the switch has already flooded
the packet out the switches ports, so the bridge should not flood the
packet itself out switch ports. Ports on the same switch are expected
to return the same parent ID when SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called.

DSA gets this wrong with clusters of switches. As far as the software
bridge is concerned, the cluster is all one switch. A packet from any
switch in the cluster can be assumed to have been flooded as needed
out of all ports of the cluster, not just the switch it originated
from. Hence all ports of a cluster should return the same parent. The
old implementation did not, each switch in the cluster had its own ID.

Also wrong was that the ID was not unique if multiple DSA instances
are in operation.

Use the tree ID as the parent ID, which is the same for all switches
in a cluster and unique across switch clusters.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-11 19:33:10 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 2118df93b5 net: dsa: return after vlan prepare phase
The current code does not return after successfully preparing the VLAN
addition on every ports member of a it. Fix this.

Fixes: 1ca4aa9cd4 ("net: dsa: check VLAN capability of every switch")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-11 15:45:09 +09:00
Vivien Didelot b0b38a1c66 net: dsa: return after mdb prepare phase
The current code does not return after successfully preparing the MDB
addition on every ports member of a multicast group. Fix this.

Fixes: a1a6b7ea7f ("net: dsa: add cross-chip multicast support")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-11 15:45:09 +09:00
Andrew Lunn 2ea7a679ca net: dsa: Don't add vlans when vlan filtering is disabled
The software bridge can be build with vlan filtering support
included. However, by default it is turned off. In its turned off
state, it still passes VLANs via switchev, even though they are not to
be used. Don't pass these VLANs to the hardware. Only do so when vlan
filtering is enabled.

This fixes at least one corner case. There are still issues in other
corners, such as when vlan_filtering is later enabled.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-10 14:28:13 +09:00
Andrew Lunn ae45102c9d net: dsa: switch: Don't add CPU port to an mdb by default
Now that the host indicates when a multicast group should be forwarded
from the switch to the host, don't do it by default.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-10 13:41:40 +09:00
Andrew Lunn bb9f603174 net: dsa: add more const attributes
The notify mechanism does not need to modify the port it is notifying.
So make the parameter const.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-10 13:41:40 +09:00
Andrew Lunn 5f4dbc50ce net: dsa: slave: Handle switchdev host mdb add/del
Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of
the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an
MDB on this port.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-10 13:41:40 +09:00
Vivien Didelot b4fbb347fe net: dsa: rename probe and remove switch functions
This commit brings no functional changes. It gets rid of the underscore
prefixed _dsa_register_switch and _dsa_unregister_switch functions in
favor of dsa_switch_probe() which parses and adds a switch to a tree and
dsa_switch_remove() which removes a switch from a tree.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 308173546a net: dsa: setup a tree when adding a switch to it
Now that the tree setup is centralized, we can simplify the code a bit
more by setting up or tearing down the tree directly when adding or
removing a switch to/from it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 34c09a8916 net: dsa: setup routing table
The *_complete() functions take too much arguments to do only one thing:
they try to fetch the dsa_port structures corresponding to device nodes
under the "link" list property of DSA ports, and use them to setup the
routing table of switches.

This patch simplifies them by providing instead simpler
dsa_{port,switch,tree}_setup_routing_table functions which return a
boolean value, true if the tree is complete.

dsa_tree_setup_routing_table is called inside dsa_tree_setup which
simplifies the switch registering function as well.

A switch's routing table is now initialized before its setup.

This also makes dsa_port_is_valid obsolete, remove it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot c528666555 net: dsa: use of_for_each_phandle
The OF code provides a of_for_each_phandle() helper to iterate over
phandles. Use it instead of arbitrary iterating ourselves over the list
of phandles hanging to the "link" property of the port's device node.

The of_phandle_iterator_next() helper calls of_node_put() itself on
it.node. Thus We must only do it ourselves if we break the loop.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot f163da8853 net: dsa: add find port by node helper
Instead of having two dsa_ds_find_port_dn (which returns a bool) and
dsa_dst_find_port_dn (which returns a switch) functions, provide a more
explicit dsa_tree_find_port_by_node function which returns a matching
port.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 1d27732f41 net: dsa: setup and teardown ports
The dsa_dsa_port_apply and dsa_cpu_port_apply functions do exactly the
same. The dsa_user_port_apply function does not try to register a fixed
link but try to create a slave.

This commit factorizes and scopes all that in two convenient
dsa_port_setup and dsa_port_teardown functions.

It won't hurt to register a devlink_port for unused port as well.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 1f08f9e9cb net: dsa: setup and teardown switches
This patches brings no functional changes. It removes the unused dst
argument from the dsa_ds_apply and dsa_ds_unapply functions, rename them
to dsa_switch_setup and dsa_switch_teardown for a more explicit scope.

This clarifies the steps of the setup or teardown of a switch fabric.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot ec15dd4269 net: dsa: setup and teardown tree
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.

At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 17a22fcfc8 net: dsa: setup and teardown master device
Add DSA helpers to setup and teardown a master net device wired to its
CPU port. This centralizes the dsa_ptr assignment.

This also makes the master ethtool helpers static at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot f070464cf0 net: dsa: setup and teardown default CPU port
The dsa_dst_parse function called just before dsa_dst_apply does not
parse the tree but does only one thing: it assigns the default CPU port
to dst->cpu_dp and to each user ports.

This patch simplifies this by calling a dsa_tree_setup_default_cpu
function at the beginning of dsa_dst_apply directly.

A dsa_port_is_user helper is added for convenience.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 24a9332a58 net: dsa: constify cpu_dp member of dsa_port
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 09:26:49 +09:00
Egil Hjelmeland 92f25cafe8 net: dsa: lan9303: Adjust indenting
Remove scripts/checkpatch.pl CHECKs by adjusting indenting.

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-08 13:29:06 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 7354fcb0a3 net: dsa: resolve tagging protocol at parse time
Extend the dsa_port_parse_cpu() function to resolve the tagging protocol
at port parsing time, instead of waiting for the whole tree to be
complete.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:39 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 06e24d0868 net: dsa: add one port parsing function per type
Add dsa_port_parse_user, dsa_port_parse_dsa and dsa_port_parse_cpu
functions to factorize the code shared by both OF and pdata parsing.

They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later to support
tagging protocol resolution for example.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:39 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 54df6fa954 net: dsa: only check presence of link property
When parsing a port, simply use of_property_read_bool which checks the
presence of a given property, instead of parsing the link phandle.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:39 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 975e6e3221 net: dsa: rework switch parsing
When parsing a switch, we have to identify to which tree it belongs and
parse its ports. Provide two functions to separate the OF and platform
data specific paths.

Also use the of_property_read_variable_u32_array function to parse the
OF member array instead of calling of_property_read_u32_index twice.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:39 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 0eefe2c173 net: dsa: get tree before parsing ports
We will need a reference to the dsa_switch_tree when parsing a CPU port,
so fetch it right after parsing the member and before parsing ports.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:39 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 6da2a940ac net: dsa: rework switch addition and removal
This patch removes the unnecessary index argument from the
dsa_dst_add_ds and dsa_dst_del_ds functions and renames them to
dsa_tree_add_switch and dsa_tree_remove_switch respectively.

In addition to a more explicit scope, we now check the presence of an
existing switch with the same index directly within dsa_tree_add_switch.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:39 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 1ca28ec9ab net: dsa: provide a find or new tree helper
Rename dsa_get_dst to dsa_tree_find since it doesn't increment the
reference counter, rename dsa_add_dst to dsa_tree_alloc for symmetry
with dsa_tree_free, and provide a convenient dsa_tree_touch function to
find or allocate a new tree.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:39 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 65254108b4 net: dsa: get and put tree reference counting
Provide convenient dsa_tree_get and dsa_tree_put functions scoping a DSA
tree used to increment and decrement its reference counter, instead of
poking directly its kref structure.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:38 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 8e5bf9759a net: dsa: simplify tree reference counting
DSA trees have a refcount used to automatically free the dsa_switch_tree
structure once there is no switch devices inside of it.

The refcount is incremented when a switch is added to the tree, and
decremented when it is removed from it.

But because of kref_init, the refcount is also incremented at
initialization, and when looking up the tree from the list for symmetry.

Thus the current code stores the number of switches plus one, and makes
the switch registration more complex.

To simplify the switch registration function, we reset the refcount to
zero after initialization and don't increment it when looking up a tree.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:38 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 49463b7f2d net: dsa: make tree index unsigned
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.

u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-05 22:31:38 +09:00
David S. Miller 2a171788ba Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'.  We take the remove from 'net-next'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-04 09:26:51 +09:00
Linus Torvalds ead751507d License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
 makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
 
 By default all files without license information are under the default
 license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
 
 Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
 SPDX license identifier.  The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
 shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
 
 This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
 Philippe Ombredanne.
 
 How this work was done:
 
 Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
 the use cases:
  - file had no licensing information it it.
  - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
  - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
 
 Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
 where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
 had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
 
 The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
 a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
 output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
 tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.  Philippe prepared the
 base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
 
 The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
 assessed.  Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
 results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
 to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
 immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
 
 Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
  - Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
  - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
    lines of source
  - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
    lines).
 
 All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
 
 The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
 identifiers to apply.
 
  - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
    considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
    COPYING file license applied.
 
    For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
 
    SPDX license identifier                            # files
    ---------------------------------------------------|-------
    GPL-2.0                                              11139
 
    and resulted in the first patch in this series.
 
    If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
    Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0".  Results of that was:
 
    SPDX license identifier                            # files
    ---------------------------------------------------|-------
    GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        930
 
    and resulted in the second patch in this series.
 
  - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
    of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
    any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
    it (per prior point).  Results summary:
 
    SPDX license identifier                            # files
    ---------------------------------------------------|------
    GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                       270
    GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      169
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause)    21
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    17
    LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      15
    GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       14
    ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    5
    LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       4
    LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        3
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT)              3
    ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT)             1
 
    and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
 
  - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
    the concluded license(s).
 
  - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
    license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
    licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
 
  - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
    resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
    which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
 
  - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
    confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
 
  - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
    the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
    in time.
 
 In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
 spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
 source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
 by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
 
 Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
 FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
 disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.  The
 Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
 they are related.
 
 Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
 for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
 files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
 in about 15000 files.
 
 In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
 copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
 correct identifier.
 
 Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
 inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
 version early this week with:
  - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
    license ids and scores
  - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
    files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
  - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
    was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
    SPDX license was correct
 
 This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction.  This
 worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
 different types of files to be modified.
 
 These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg.  Thomas wrote a script to
 parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
 format that the file expected.  This script was further refined by Greg
 based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
 distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
 comment types.)  Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
 generate the patches.
 
 Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
 Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
 Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
 Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
 aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
 6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
 =x306
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core

Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
 "License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files

  Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
  makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

  By default all files without license information are under the default
  license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

  Update the files which contain no license information with the
  'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
  binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
  text.

  This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
  and Philippe Ombredanne.

  How this work was done:

  Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
  of the use cases:

   - file had no licensing information it it.

   - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,

   - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

  Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
  where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
  license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

  The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
  to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
  the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
  producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
  Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
  of a few 1000 files.

  The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
  files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
  scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
  identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
  determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
  the Linux Foundation.

  Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:

   - Files considered eligible had to be source code files.

   - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
     >5 lines of source

   - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
     lines).

  All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

  The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
  identifiers to apply.

   - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
     considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
     COPYING file license applied.

     For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

       SPDX license identifier                            # files
       ---------------------------------------------------|-------
       GPL-2.0                                              11139

     and resulted in the first patch in this series.

     If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
     Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
     was:

       SPDX license identifier                            # files
       ---------------------------------------------------|-------
       GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        930

     and resulted in the second patch in this series.

   - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
     of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
     any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
     it (per prior point). Results summary:

       SPDX license identifier                            # files
       ---------------------------------------------------|------
       GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                       270
       GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      169
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause)    21
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    17
       LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      15
       GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       14
       ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    5
       LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       4
       LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        3
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT)              3
       ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT)             1

     and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

   - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
     became the concluded license(s).

   - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
     a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
     licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

   - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
     resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
     (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

   - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
     confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

   - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
     the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
     in time.

  In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
  spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
  source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
  confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

  Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
  FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
  disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
  The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
  part, so they are related.

  Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
  for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
  files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
  checks in about 15000 files.

  In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
  copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
  the correct identifier.

  Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
  inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
  patch version early this week with:

   - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
     license ids and scores

   - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
     files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct

   - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
     license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
     applied SPDX license was correct

  This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
  worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
  different types of files to be modified.

  These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
  parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
  format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
  based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
  distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
  comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
  generate the patches.

  Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
  Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
  Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
  Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"

* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
  License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
  License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
  License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
2017-11-02 10:04:46 -07:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman b24413180f License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier.  The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
 - file had no licensing information it it.
 - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
 - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.  Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed.  Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
 - Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
 - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
   lines of source
 - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
   lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

 - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
   considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
   COPYING file license applied.

   For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

   SPDX license identifier                            # files
   ---------------------------------------------------|-------
   GPL-2.0                                              11139

   and resulted in the first patch in this series.

   If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
   Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0".  Results of that was:

   SPDX license identifier                            # files
   ---------------------------------------------------|-------
   GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        930

   and resulted in the second patch in this series.

 - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
   of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
   any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
   it (per prior point).  Results summary:

   SPDX license identifier                            # files
   ---------------------------------------------------|------
   GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note                       270
   GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      169
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause)    21
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    17
   LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                      15
   GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       14
   ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause)    5
   LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note                       4
   LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note                        3
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT)              3
   ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT)             1

   and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

 - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
   the concluded license(s).

 - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
   license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
   licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

 - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
   resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
   which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

 - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
   confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

 - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
   the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
   in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.  The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
 - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
   license ids and scores
 - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
   files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
 - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
   was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
   SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction.  This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg.  Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected.  This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.)  Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-11-02 11:10:55 +01:00
Jiri Pirko 44ae12a768 net: sched: move the can_offload check from binding phase to rule insertion phase
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.

Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-02 16:10:39 +09:00
Egil Hjelmeland f849772915 net: dsa: lan9303: lan9303_rcv set skb->offload_fwd_mark
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames.
On receive set skb->offload_fwd_mark to prevent the SW from flooding to the
same ports.

One exception: Because the ALR is set up to forward STP BPDUs only to CPU,
the SW bridge should flood STP BPDUs if local STP is not enabled.
This is archived by not setting skb->offload_fwd_mark on STP BPDUs.

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 21:30:24 +09:00
Egil Hjelmeland e9292f2c03 net: dsa: lan9303: Add STP ALR entry on port 0
STP BPDUs arriving on user ports must sent to CPU port only,
for processing by the SW bridge.

Add an ALR entry with STP state override to fix that.

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 21:30:24 +09:00
Egil Hjelmeland 909fb9ae32 net: dsa: lan9303: Transmit using ALR when unicast
lan9303_xmit_use_arl() introduced in previous patch set is wrong.
The chip flood broadcast and unknown multicast frames. The effect is that
broadcasts and multicasts are duplicated on egress. It is not possible to
configure the chip to direct unknown multicasts to CPU port only.

This means that only unicast frames can be transmitted using ALR lookup.

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 21:30:24 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 951259aa60 net: dsa: remove name arg from slave create
Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to
pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 11:47:36 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 1838fa89a2 net: dsa: get port name at parse time
Get the optional "label" property and assign a default one directly at
parse time instead of doing it when creating the slave.

For legacy, simply assign the port name stored in cd->port_names.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 11:47:36 +09:00
Vivien Didelot cbabb0ac01 net: dsa: get master device at port parsing time
Fetching the master device can be done directly when a port is parsed
from device tree or pdata, instead of waiting until dsa_dst_parse.

Now that -EPROBE_DEFER is returned before we add the switch to the tree,
there is no need to check for this error after dsa_dst_parse.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 11:47:36 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 6d4e5c570c net: dsa: get port type at parse time
Assign a port's type at parsed time instead of waiting for the tree to
be completed.

Because this is now done earlier, we can use the port's type in
dsa_port_is_* helpers instead of digging again in topology description.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 11:47:03 +09:00
Vivien Didelot fd223e2e66 net: dsa: add port parse functions
Add symmetrical DSA port parsing functions for pdata and device tree,
used to parse and validate a given port node or platform data.

They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later on to
assign a port type and get device references.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 11:47:03 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 5b32fe070c net: dsa: get ports within parsing code
There is no point into hiding the -EINVAL error code in ERR_PTR from a
dsa_get_ports function, simply get the "ports" node directly from within
the dsa_parse_ports_dn function.

This also has the effect to make the pdata and device tree handling code
symmetrical inside _dsa_register_switch.

At the same time, rename dsa_parse_ports_dn to dsa_parse_ports_of
because _of is a more common suffix for device tree parsing functions.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 11:47:02 +09:00
David S. Miller e1ea2f9856 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Several conflicts here.

NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.

Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h

A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.

The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-30 21:09:24 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 57ab1ca215 net: dsa: move fixed link registration helpers
The new bindings (dsa2.c) and the old bindings (legacy.c) share two
helpers dsa_cpu_dsa_setup and dsa_cpu_dsa_destroy, used to register or
deregister a fixed PHY if a given port has a corresponding device node.

Unclutter the code by moving them into two new port.c helpers,
dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of and dsa_port_fixed_link_(un)register_of.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-28 18:50:12 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 5749f0f377 net: dsa: remove port masks
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-28 00:00:09 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 057cad2c59 net: dsa: define port types
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.

A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-28 00:00:09 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 02bc6e546e net: dsa: introduce dsa_user_ports helper
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-28 00:00:09 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 4a5b85ffe2 net: dsa: use dsa_is_user_port everywhere
Most of the DSA code still check ds->enabled_port_mask directly to
inspect a given port type instead of using the provided dsa_is_user_port
helper. Change this.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-28 00:00:09 +09:00
Egil Hjelmeland 535f010d4b net: dsa: lan9303: Learn addresses on CPU port when bridged
When CPU transmit directly to port using tag, the LAN9303 does not
learn MAC addresses received on the CPU port into the ALR.
ALR learning is performed only when transmitting using ALR lookup.

Solution:
If the two external ports are bridged and the packet is not STP BPDU,
then use ALR lookup to allow ALR learning on CPU port.
Otherwise transmit directly to port with STP state override.

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-27 23:30:53 +09:00
Florian Fainelli 399ba77a94 net: dsa: Simplify dsa_slave_phy_setup()
Remove the code that tried to identify if a PHY designated by Device
Tree required diversion through the DSA-created MDIO bus. This was
created mainly for the bcm_sf2.c driver back when it did not have its
own MDIO bus driver, which it now has since 461cd1b03e ("net: dsa:
bcm_sf2: Register our slave MDIO bus").

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Martin Hundebøll <mnhu@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-27 22:11:30 +09:00
Vivien Didelot eaac97466e net: dsa: don't unmask port bitmaps
The unapply functions are called on the error path.

As for dsa_port_mask, enabled_port_mask and cpu_port_mask won't be used
after so there's no need to unmask the corresponding port bit from them.

This makes dsa_cpu_port_unapply() and dsa_dsa_port_unapply() identical,
which can be factorized later.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-26 17:05:04 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 8e8ef50bb4 net: dsa: legacy: don't unmask port bitmaps
The legacy code does not unmask the cpu_port_mask and dsa_port_mask as
stated. But this is done on the error path and those masks won't be used
after that. So instead of fixing the bit operation, simply remove it.

Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-26 17:05:04 +09:00
Vivien Didelot 3eb8feeb17 net: dsa: check master device before put
In the case of pdata, the dsa_cpu_parse function calls dev_put() before
making sure it isn't NULL. Fix this.

Fixes: 71e0bbde0d ("net: dsa: Add support for platform data")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-25 10:49:14 +09:00
Jiri Pirko 8d26d5636d net: sched: avoid ndo_setup_tc calls for TC_SETUP_CLS*
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-21 03:04:08 +01:00
Jiri Pirko 6b3eb752b4 dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-21 03:04:08 +01:00
Vivien Didelot f8b8b1cd5a net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.

It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.

But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-18 12:24:33 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 2231c43b56 net: dsa: rename dsa_master_get_slave
The dsa_master_get_slave is slightly confusing since the idiomatic "get"
term often suggests reference counting, in symmetry to "put".

Rename it to dsa_master_find_slave to make the look up operation clear.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-18 12:24:33 +01:00
Vivien Didelot d0006b0022 net: dsa: add slave to master helper
Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device
assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a
dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-18 12:24:33 +01:00
Vivien Didelot d945097bb1 net: dsa: add slave to port helper
Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure
corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a
dsa_slave_to_port() helper.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-18 12:24:33 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 6158eaa7a7 net: dsa: add slave notify helper
Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with
respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same
dsa_notifier_register_info structure.

Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these
functions.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-18 12:24:33 +01:00
Vivien Didelot a5b930e059 net: dsa: use port's cpu_dp when creating a slave
When dsa_slave_create is called, the related port already has a CPU port
assigned to it, available in its cpu_dp member. Use it instead of the
unique tree cpu_dp.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-18 12:24:33 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 841f4f2405 net: dsa: remove .set_addr
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-14 18:30:06 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 0a5f14ce67 net: dsa: tag_brcm: Indicate to master netdevice port + queue
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-12 12:10:02 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 60724d4bae net: dsa: Add support for DSA specific notifiers
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.

This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-12 12:10:01 -07:00
David S. Miller 53954cf8c5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Just simple overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-05 18:19:22 -07:00
Vivien Didelot aa193d9b1d net: dsa: remove tag ops from the switch tree
Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep
the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-01 04:15:07 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 2f657a6004 net: dsa: change dsa_ptr for a dsa_port
With DSA, a master net device (CPU facing interface) has a dsa_ptr
pointer to which hangs a dsa_switch_tree. This is not correct because a
master interface is wired to a dedicated switch port, and because we can
theoretically have several master interfaces pointing to several CPU
ports of the same switch fabric.

Change the master interface's dsa_ptr for the CPU dsa_port pointer.
This is a step towards supporting multiple CPU ports.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-01 04:15:07 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 3e41f93b35 net: dsa: prepare master receive hot path
In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding
CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the
dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path.

Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order
to ensure they are available in cacheline 1.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-01 04:15:07 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 152402483e net: dsa: add tagging ops to port
The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port,
thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure.

>From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging
operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports.

Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that
we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-01 04:15:07 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 62fc958762 net: dsa: use temporary dsa_device_ops variable
When resolving the DSA tagging protocol used by a CPU switch, use a
temporary "tag_ops" variable to store the dsa_device_ops instead of
using directly dst->tag_ops. This will make the future patches moving
this pointer around easier to read.

There is no functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-01 04:15:07 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 7ec764eef9 net: dsa: use cpu_dp in master code
Make it clear that the master device is linked to a CPU port by using
"cpu_dp" for the dsa_port variable in master.c instead of "port", then
use a "port" variable to describe the port index, as usually seen in
other places of DSA core.

This will make the future patch touching dsa_ptr more readable. There is
no functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-01 04:15:07 +01:00
Vivien Didelot 3775b1b7f0 net: dsa: add master helper to look up slaves
The DSA tagging code does not need to know about the DSA architecture,
it only needs to return the slave device corresponding to the source
port index (and eventually the source device index for cascade-capable
switches) parsed from the frame received on the master device.

For this purpose, provide an inline dsa_master_get_slave helper which
validates the device and port indexes and look up the slave device.

This makes the tagging rcv functions more concise and robust, and also
makes dsa_get_cpu_port obsolete.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-01 04:15:07 +01:00
Florian Fainelli e804441cfe net: dsa: Fix network device registration order
We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its
carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a
window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse
the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network
device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached.

Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices
where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the
driver.

Fixes: 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy")
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-28 10:12:53 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 69b2c16296 net: dsa: use phy_ethtool_nway_reset
Use phy_ethtool_nway_reset now that dsa_slave_nway_reset does exactly
the same.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 20:06:34 -07:00
Vivien Didelot aa62a8ca85 net: dsa: use phy_ethtool_set_link_ksettings
Use phy_ethtool_set_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 20:06:34 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 771df31ace net: dsa: use phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings
Use phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 20:06:34 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 0115dcd178 net: dsa: use slave device phydev
There is no need to store a phy_device in dsa_slave_priv since
net_device already provides one. Simply s/p->phy/dev->phydev/.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 20:06:34 -07:00
Vivien Didelot f4344e0a48 net: dsa: return -ENODEV is there is no slave PHY
Instead of returning -EOPNOTSUPP when a slave device has no PHY,
directly return -ENODEV as ethtool and phylib do.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 20:06:34 -07:00
Vivien Didelot fb8a6a2b8b net: dsa: add port enable and disable helpers
Provide dsa_port_enable and dsa_port_disable helpers to respectively
enable and disable a switch port. This makes the dsa_port_set_state_now
helper static.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 20:22:46 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 6457edfe73 net: dsa: make slave close symmetrical to open
The DSA slave open function configures the unicast MAC addresses on the
master device, enable the switch port, change its STP state, then start
the PHY device.

Make the close function symmetric, by first stopping the PHY device,
then changing the STP state, disabling the switch port and restore the
master device.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 20:22:46 -07:00
Vivien Didelot de40fc5d21 net: dsa: add port fdb dump
Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add
a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and
dsa_port_fdb_del.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-21 15:24:01 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 4fa7b71888 net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions
A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first
argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave
net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to
dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-21 15:24:01 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 53bade8a33 net: dsa: Utilize dsa_slave_dev_check()
Instead of open coding the check.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 15:49:07 -07:00
Vivien Didelot f2f2356685 net: dsa: move master ethtool code
DSA overrides the master device ethtool ops, so that it can inject stats
from its dedicated switch CPU port as well.

The related code is currently split in dsa.c and slave.c, but it only
scopes the master net device. Move it to a new master.c DSA core file.

This file will be later extented with master net device specific code.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-19 16:04:23 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 1943563dfd net: dsa: setup master ethtool after dsa_ptr
DSA overrides the master's ethtool ops so that we can inject its CPU
port's statistics. Because of that, we need to setup the ethtool ops
after the master's dsa_ptr pointer has been assigned, not before.

This patch setups the ethtool ops after dsa_ptr is assigned, and
restores them before it gets cleared.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-19 16:04:23 -07:00
Vivien Didelot cd8d7dd41b net: dsa: setup master ethtool unconditionally
When a DSA switch tree is meant to be applied, it already has a CPU
port. Thus remove the condition of dst->cpu_dp.

Moreover, the next lines access dst->cpu_dp unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-19 16:04:23 -07:00
Vivien Didelot f561986659 net: dsa: remove copy of master ethtool_ops
There is no need to store a copy of the master ethtool ops, storing the
original pointer in DSA and the new one in the master netdev itself is
enough.

In the meantime, set orig_ethtool_ops to NULL when restoring the master
ethtool ops and check the presence of the master original ethtool ops as
well as its needed functions before calling them.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-19 16:04:22 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 0f15b09869 net: dsa: tag_brcm: Set output queue from skb queue mapping
We originally used skb->priority but that was not quite correct as this
bitfield needs to contain the egress switch queue we intend to send this
SKB to.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-05 11:53:34 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 55199df6d2 net: dsa: Allow switch drivers to indicate number of TX queues
Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some
switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress
queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and
direct the transmission towards a particular queue.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-05 11:53:34 -07:00
David S. Miller 6026e043d0 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Three cases of simple overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-01 17:42:05 -07:00
Florian Fainelli c7848399ec net: dsa: Don't dereference dst->cpu_dp->netdev
If we do not have a master network device attached dst->cpu_dp will be
NULL and accessing cpu_dp->netdev will create a trace similar to the one
below. The correct check is on dst->cpu_dp period.

[    1.004650] DSA: switch 0 0 parsed
[    1.008078] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
virtual address 00000010
[    1.016195] pgd = c0003000
[    1.018918] [00000010] *pgd=80000000004003, *pmd=00000000
[    1.024349] Internal error: Oops: 206 [#1] SMP ARM
[    1.029157] Modules linked in:
[    1.032228] CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted
4.13.0-rc6-00071-g45b45afab9bd-dirty #7
[    1.040772] Hardware name: Broadcom STB (Flattened Device Tree)
[    1.046704] task: ee08f840 task.stack: ee090000
[    1.051258] PC is at dsa_register_switch+0x5e0/0x9dc
[    1.056234] LR is at dsa_register_switch+0x5d0/0x9dc
[    1.061211] pc : [<c08fb28c>]    lr : [<c08fb27c>]    psr: 60000213
[    1.067491] sp : ee091d88  ip : 00000000  fp : 0000000c
[    1.072728] r10: 00000000  r9 : 00000001  r8 : ee208010
[    1.077965] r7 : ee2b57b0  r6 : ee2b5780  r5 : 00000000  r4 :
ee208e0c
[    1.084506] r3 : 00000000  r2 : 00040d00  r1 : 2d1b2000  r0 :
00000016
[    1.091050] Flags: nZCv  IRQs on  FIQs on  Mode SVC_32  ISA ARM
Segment user
[    1.098199] Control: 32c5387d  Table: 00003000  DAC: fffffffd
[    1.103957] Process swapper/0 (pid: 1, stack limit = 0xee090210)

Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 6d3c8c0dd8 ("net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-28 21:19:43 -07:00
Eric Dumazet 2b33bc8aa2 net: dsa: use consume_skb()
Two kfree_skb() should be consume_skb(), to be friend with drop monitor
(perf record ... -e skb:kfree_skb)

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-23 22:13:34 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 4971667924 net: dsa: skb_put_padto() already frees nskb
The first call of skb_put_padto() will free up the SKB on error, but we
return NULL which tells dsa_slave_xmit() that the original SKB should be
freed so this would lead to a double free here.

The second skb_put_padto() already frees the passed sk_buff reference
upon error, so calling kfree_skb() on it again is not necessary.

Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1416687 ("USE_AFTER_FREE")

Fixes: e71cb9e009 ("net: dsa: ksz: fix skb freeing")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-23 20:33:49 -07:00
Florian Westphal 89e49506bc dsa: remove unused net_device arg from handlers
compile tested only, but saw no warnings/errors with
allmodconfig build.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-21 10:39:11 -07:00
David S. Miller 463910e2df Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2017-08-15 20:23:23 -07:00
Vivien Didelot e71cb9e009 net: dsa: ksz: fix skb freeing
The DSA layer frees the original skb when an xmit function returns NULL,
meaning an error occurred. But if the tagging code copied the original
skb, it is responsible of freeing the copy if an error occurs.

The ksz tagging code currently has two issues: if skb_put_padto fails,
the skb copy is not freed, and the original skb will be freed twice.

To fix that, move skb_put_padto inside both branches of the skb_tailroom
condition, before freeing the original skb, and free the copy on error.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-11 13:57:08 -07:00
Jiri Pirko a2e8da9378 net: sched: use newly added classid identity helpers
Instead of checking handle, which does not have the inner class
information and drivers wrongly assume clsact->egress as ingress, use
the newly introduced classid identification helpers.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-11 13:47:01 -07:00
John Crispin 2dd592b274 net-next: tag_mtk: add flow_dissect callback to the ops struct
The MT7530 inserts the 4 magic header in between the 802.3 address and
protocol field. The patch implements the callback that can be called by
the flow dissector to figure out the real protocol and offset of the
network header. With this patch applied we can properly parse the packet
and thus make hashing function properly.

Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-09 22:51:47 -07:00
John Crispin 68277a2c9d net-next: dsa: move struct dsa_device_ops to the global header file
We need to access this struct from within the flow_dissector to fix
dissection for packets coming in on DSA devices.

Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-09 22:51:47 -07:00
Egil Hjelmeland 274cdb46e9 net: dsa: lan9303: Only allocate 3 ports
Save 2628 bytes on arm eabi by allocate only the required 3 ports.

Now that ds->num_ports is correct: In net/dsa/tag_lan9303.c
eliminate duplicate LAN9303_MAX_PORTS, use ds->num_ports.
(Matching the pattern of other net/dsa/tag_xxx.c files.)

Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-08 18:13:59 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky 2bedde1abb net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA
>From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due
to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge.
Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:48 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky dc0cbff3ff net: dsa: Remove redundant MDB dump support
Currently the MDB HW database is synced with the bridge's one, thus,
There is no need to support special dump functionality.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:48 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky c069fcd82c net: dsa: Remove support for bypass bridge port attributes/vlan set
The bridge port attributes/vlan for DSA devices should be set only
from bridge code. Furthermore, The vlans are synced totally with the
bridge so there is no need for special dump support.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:48 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky c9e2105e29 net: dsa: Add support for querying supported bridge flags
The DSA drivers do not support bridge flags offload. Yet, this attribute
should be added in order for the bridge to fail when one tries set a
flag on the port, as explained in commit dc0ecabd62 ("net: switchdev:
Add support for querying supported bridge flags by hardware").

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:48 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky 37b8da1a3c net: dsa: Move FDB add/del implementation inside DSA
Currently DSA uses switchdev's implementation of FDB add/del ndos. This
patch moves the implementation inside DSA in order to support the legacy
way for static FDB configuration.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:48 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky c9eb3e0f87 net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification
Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers
the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful
FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge.

In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from
the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to
indicate inconsistent situation.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:48 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky 2acf4e6a89 net: dsa: Remove switchdev dependency from DSA switch notifier chain
Currently, the switchdev objects are embedded inside the DSA notifier
info. This patch removes this dependency. This is done as a preparation
stage before adding support for learning FDB through the switchdev
notification chain.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:48 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky 1b6dd556c3 net: dsa: Remove prepare phase for FDB
The prepare phase for FDB add is unneeded because most of DSA devices
can have failures during bus transactions (SPI, I2C, etc.), thus, the
prepare phase cannot guarantee success of the commit stage.

The support for learning FDB through notification chain, which will be
introduced in the following patches, will provide the ability to notify
back the bridge about successful offload.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:47 -07:00
Arkadi Sharshevsky 6c2c1dcb18 net: dsa: Change DSA slave FDB API to be switchdev independent
In order to support FDB add/del to be on a notifier chain the slave
API need to be changed to be switchdev independent.

Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:48:47 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 4cfbf09cf9 net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create
dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the
related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:24:14 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 47d0dcc354 net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_cpu_dsa_setup
dsa_cpu_dsa_setup currently takes 4 arguments but they are all available
from the dsa_port argument. Remove all others.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:22:42 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 206e41fe7f net: dsa: remove useless argument in legacy setup
dsa_switch_alloc() already assigns ds-dev, which can be used in
dsa_switch_setup_one and dsa_cpu_dsa_setups instead of requiring an
additional struct device argument.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 14:22:42 -07:00
Jiri Pirko de4784ca03 net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev
Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container
and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly.
Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables
in cls_*.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 09:42:37 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 5fd9fc4e20 net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 09:42:37 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 3fbae382f7 dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function
Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and
push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 09:42:36 -07:00
Jiri Pirko ade9b65884 net: sched: rename TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL
In order to be aligned with the rest of the types, rename
TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 09:42:35 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 2572ac53c4 net: sched: make type an argument for ndo_setup_tc
Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to
ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 09:42:35 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 5f6b4e14ca net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics
During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of
traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we
could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave
network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these
deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates.

Fixes: f613ed665b ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 21:26:47 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 3bcc0cec81 net: sched: change names of action number helpers to be aligned with the rest
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 11:21:23 -07:00
Florian Fainelli f613ed665b net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics
DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters
for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use
pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose
and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-02 16:49:09 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 08f500610f net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops
To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and
.get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:09:10 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 46587e4a31 net: dsa: remove PHY device argument from .set_eee
The DSA switch operations for EEE are only meant to configure a port's
MAC EEE settings. The port's PHY EEE settings are accessed by the DSA
layer and must be made available via a proper PHY driver.

In order to reduce this confusion, remove the phy_device argument from
the .set_eee operation.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:09:10 -07:00
Vivien Didelot c48f7eb302 net: dsa: call phy_init_eee in DSA layer
All DSA drivers are calling phy_init_eee if eee_enabled is true.

Move up this statement in the DSA layer to simplify the DSA drivers.
qca8k does not require to cache the ethtool_eee structures from now on.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:09:10 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 7b9cc73843 net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE
The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does
not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that
by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:09:09 -07:00
David S. Miller 29fda25a2d Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Two minor conflicts in virtio_net driver (bug fix overlapping addition
of a helper) and MAINTAINERS (new driver edit overlapping revamp of
PHY entry).

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 10:07:50 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 9f9e772da2 net: dsa: Initialize ds->cpu_port_mask earlier
The mt7530 driver has its dsa_switch_ops::get_tag_protocol function
check ds->cpu_port_mask to issue a warning in case the configured CPU
port is not capable of supporting tags.

After commit 14be36c2c9 ("net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled
ports masks in dsa_ds_parse()") we slightly re-arranged the
initialization such that this was no longer working. Just make sure that
ds->cpu_port_mask is set prior to the first call to get_tag_protocol,
thus restoring the expected contract. In case of error, the CPU port bit
is cleared.

Fixes: 14be36c2c9 ("net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled ports masks in dsa_ds_parse()")
Reported-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-24 17:36:27 -07:00
Vivien Didelot e7d53ad323 net: dsa: unexport dsa_is_port_initialized
The dsa_is_port_initialized helper is only used by dsa_switch_resume and
dsa_switch_suspend, if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is enabled. Make it static to
dsa.c.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-19 16:28:17 -07:00
yuan linyu b952f4dff2 net: manual clean code which call skb_put_[data:zero]
Signed-off-by: yuan linyu <Linyu.Yuan@alcatel-sbell.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-20 13:30:15 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 06d4d450db net: dsa: Fix legacy probing
After commit 6d3c8c0dd8 ("net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and
use dst->cpu_dp->netdev") and a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate
slave network device with CPU port") we would be seeing NULL pointer
dereferences when accessing dst->cpu_dp->netdev too early. In the legacy
code, we actually know early in advance the master network device, so
pass it down to the relevant functions.

Fixes: 6d3c8c0dd8 ("net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev")
Fixes: a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port")
Reported-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Tested-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-17 22:59:45 -04:00
Vivien Didelot a1a6b7ea7f net: dsa: add cross-chip multicast support
Similarly to how cross-chip VLAN works, define a bitmap of multicast
group members for a switch, now including its DSA ports, so that
multicast traffic can be sent to all switches of the fabric.

A switch may drop the frames if no user port is a member.

This brings support for multicast in a multi-chip environment.
As of now, all switches of the fabric must support the multicast
operations in order to program a single fabric port.

Reported-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Jason Cobham <jcobham@questertangent.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-16 15:21:14 -04:00
Vivien Didelot e4b7778769 net: dsa: assign default CPU port to all ports
The current code only assigns the default cpu_dp to all user ports of
the switch to which the CPU port belongs. The user ports of the other
switches of the fabric thus don't have a default CPU port.

This patch fixes this by assigning the cpu_dp of all user ports of all
switches of the fabric when the tree is fully parsed.

Fixes: a29342e739 ("net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-15 17:23:35 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 3cc9f2573c net: dsa: Introduce dsa_get_cpu_port()
Introduce a helper function which will return a reference to the CPU
port used in a dsa_switch_tree. Right now this is a singleton, but this
will change once we introduce multi-CPU port support, so ease the
transition by converting the affected code paths.

Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 16:35:03 -04:00
Florian Fainelli a29342e739 net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the
dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be
important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission
of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load
balancing) and forwarding decisions.

Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 16:35:03 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 67dbb9d433 net: dsa: Relocate master ethtool operations
Relocate master_ethtool_ops and master_orig_ethtool_ops into struct
dsa_port in order to be both consistent, and make things self contained
within the dsa_port structure.

This is a preliminary change to supporting multiple CPU port interfaces.

Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 16:35:02 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 6d3c8c0dd8 net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev
In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove
dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one
instance of the common object we have for a port: struct
dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be
helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and
also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series
would address.

While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to
immediately get a reference on the master network device called
dsa_master_netdev().

Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 16:35:02 -04:00
yuval.shaia@oracle.com 5514174fe9 net: phy: Make phy_ethtool_ksettings_get return void
Make return value void since function never return meaningfull value

Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 12:59:06 -04:00
Vivien Didelot b2f81d304c net: dsa: add CPU and DSA ports as VLAN members
In a multi-chip switch fabric, it is currently the responsibility of the
driver to add the CPU or DSA (interconnecting chips together) ports as
members of a new VLAN entry. This makes the drivers more complicated.

We want the DSA drivers to be stupid and the DSA core being the one
responsible for caring about the abstracted switch logic and topology.

Make the DSA core program the CPU and DSA ports as part of the VLAN.

This makes all chips of the data path to be aware of VIDs spanning the
the whole fabric and thus, seamlessly add support for cross-chip VLAN.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-08 11:43:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 1ca4aa9cd4 net: dsa: check VLAN capability of every switch
Now that the VLAN object is propagated to every switch chip of the
switch fabric, we can easily ensure that they all support the required
VLAN operations before modifying an entry on a single switch.

To achieve that, remove the condition skipping other target switches,
and add a bitmap of VLAN members, eventually containing the target port,
if we are programming the switch target.

This will allow us to easily add other VLAN members, such as the DSA or
CPU ports (to introduce cross-chip VLAN support) or the other port
members if we want to reduce hardware accesses later.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-08 11:43:31 -04:00
Jiri Pirko a5fcf8a6c9 net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call
We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the
information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports
multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to
prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used
to implement multichain offload.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-08 09:55:53 -04:00
David S. Miller 216fe8f021 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Just some simple overlapping changes in marvell PHY driver
and the DSA core code.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 22:20:08 -04:00
Florian Fainelli b07ac98946 net: dsa: Fix stale cpu_switch reference after unbind then bind
Commit 9520ed8fb8 ("net: dsa: use cpu_switch instead of ds[0]")
replaced the use of dst->ds[0] with dst->cpu_switch since that is
functionally equivalent, however, we can now run into an use after free
scenario after unbinding then rebinding the switch driver.

The use after free happens because we do correctly initialize
dst->cpu_switch the first time we probe in dsa_cpu_parse(), then we
unbind the driver: dsa_dst_unapply() is called, and we rebind again.
dst->cpu_switch now points to a freed "ds" structure, and so when we
finally dereference it in dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_setup(), we oops.

To fix this, simply set dst->cpu_switch to NULL in dsa_dst_unapply()
which guarantees that we always correctly re-assign dst->cpu_switch in
dsa_cpu_parse().

Fixes: 9520ed8fb8 ("net: dsa: use cpu_switch instead of ds[0]")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-04 22:55:17 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 14be36c2c9 net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled ports masks in dsa_ds_parse()
There was no reason for duplicating the code that initializes
ds->enabled_port_mask in both dsa_parse_ports_dn() and
dsa_parse_ports(), instead move this to dsa_ds_parse() which is early
enough before ops->setup() has run.

While at it, we can now make dsa_is_cpu_port() check ds->cpu_port_mask
which is a step towards being multi-CPU port capable.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-04 20:05:15 -04:00
Florian Fainelli e41c1b5030 net: dsa: Consistently use dsa_port for dsa_*_port_{apply, unapply}
We have all the information we need in dsa_port, so use it instead of
repeating the same arguments over and over again.

Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-04 20:05:15 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 937c7df85c net: dsa: Pass dsa_port reference to ethtool setup/restore
We do not need to have a reference to a dsa_switch, instead we should
pass a reference to a CPU dsa_port, change that. This is a preliminary
change to better support multiple CPU ports.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-04 20:05:15 -04:00
Florian Fainelli ac2629a479 net: dsa: Move dsa_switch_{suspend,resume} out of legacy.c
dsa_switch_suspend() and dsa_switch_resume() are functions that belong in
net/dsa/dsa.c and are not part of the legacy platform support code.

Fixes: a6a71f19fe ("net: dsa: isolate legacy code")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-02 10:31:16 -04:00
Vivien Didelot fe47d56306 net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit
As of a86d8becc3 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"),
the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error.

Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same.

At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check:

        CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb"
    #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35:
    +	if (nskb == NULL)

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 17:34:56 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 5470979585 net: dsa: remove out_drop label in taggers rcv
Many rcv functions from net/dsa/tag_*.c have a useless out_drop goto
label which simply returns NULL. Kill it in favor of the obvious.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 17:34:56 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 02f840cbc9 net: dsa: do not cast dst
dsa_ptr is not a void pointer anymore since Nov 2011, as of cf50dcc24f
("dsa: Change dsa_uses_{dsa, trailer}_tags() into inline functions"),
but an explicit dsa_switch_tree pointer, thus remove the (void *) cast.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 17:34:56 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 73a7ece8f7 net: dsa: comment hot path requirements
The DSA layer uses inline helpers and copy of the tagging functions for
faster access in hot path. Add comments to detail that.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 17:34:56 -04:00
Colin Ian King 7b954ed752 net: dsa: make function ksz_rcv static
function ksz_rcv can be made static as it does not need to be
in global scope. Reformat arguments to make it checkpatch warning
free too.

Cleans up sparse warning: "symbol 'ksz_rcv' was not declared. Should
it be static?"

Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 12:12:40 -04:00
Woojung Huh 8b8010fb78 dsa: add support for Microchip KSZ tail tagging
Adding support for the Microchip KSZ switch family tail tagging.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-31 20:56:31 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 23c9ee4934 net: dsa: remove dev arg of dsa_register_switch
The current dsa_register_switch function takes a useless struct device
pointer argument, which always equals ds->dev.

Drivers either call it with ds->dev, or with the same device pointer
passed to dsa_switch_alloc, which ends up being assigned to ds->dev.

This patch removes the second argument of the dsa_register_switch and
_dsa_register_switch functions.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-31 12:35:43 -04:00
Vivien Didelot f3d736c478 net: dsa: remove dsa_port_is_bridged
The helper is only used once and makes the code more complicated that it
should. Remove it and reorganize the variables so that it fits on 80
columns.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-30 18:13:41 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 64dba236a1 net: dsa: support cross-chip ageing time
Now that the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute is propagated to all
switch chips of the fabric, each switch can check if the requested value
is valid and program itself, so that the whole fabric shares a common
ageing time setting.

This is especially needed for switch chips in between others, containing
no bridge port members but evidently used in the data path.

To achieve that, remove the condition which skips the other switches. We
also don't need to identify the target switch anymore, thus remove the
sw_index member of the dsa_notifier_ageing_time_info notifier structure.

On ZII Dev Rev B (with two 88E6352 and one 88E6185) and ZII Dev Rev C
(with two 88E6390X), we have the following hardware configuration:

    # ip link add name br0 type bridge
    # ip link set master br0 dev lan6
    br0: port 1(lan6) entered blocking state
    br0: port 1(lan6) entered disabled state
    # echo 2000 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/ageing_time

Before this patch:

    zii-rev-b# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
    300000
    300000
    15000

    zii-rev-c# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
    300000
    18750

After this patch:

    zii-rev-b# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
    15000
    15000
    15000

    zii-rev-c# cat /sys/kernel/debug/mv88e6xxx/sw*/age_time
    18750
    18750

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-24 16:27:47 -04:00
Vivien Didelot d0c627b874 net: dsa: add VLAN notifier
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_VLAN_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_VLAN_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an VLAN entry is added or removed.

For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 8ae5bcdc5d net: dsa: add MDB notifier
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an MDB entry is added or removed.

For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 685fb6a40d net: dsa: add FDB notifier
Add two new DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_ADD and DSA_NOTIFIER_FDB_DEL events to
notify not only a single switch, but all switches of a the fabric when
an FDB entry is added or removed.

For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other switches.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 1faabf7440 net: dsa: add notifier for ageing time
This patch keeps the port-wide ageing time handling code in
dsa_port_ageing_time, pushes the requested ageing time value in a new
switch fabric notification, and moves the switch-wide ageing time
handling code in dsa_switch_ageing_time.

This has the effect that now not only the switch that the target port
belongs to can be programmed, but all switches composing the switch
fabric. For the moment, keep the current behavior and ignore other
switches.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 52c96f9d70 net: dsa: move notifier info to private header
The DSA notifier events and info structure definitions are not meant for
DSA drivers and users, but only used internally by the DSA core files.

Move them from the public net/dsa.h file to the private dsa_priv.h file.

Also use this opportunity to turn the events into an anonymous enum,
because we don't care about the values, and this will prevent future
conflicts when adding (and sorting) new events.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 076e713365 net: dsa: move VLAN handlers
Move the DSA port code which handles VLAN objects in port.c, where it
belongs.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 3a9afea37e net: dsa: move MDB handlers
Move the DSA port code which handles MDB objects in port.c, where it
belongs.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot d1cffff008 net: dsa: move FDB handlers
Move the DSA port code which handles FDB objects in port.c, where it
belongs.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot d87bd94e1c net: dsa: move ageing time setter
Move the DSA port code which sets a port ageing time in port.c, where it
belongs.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 4d61d3043b net: dsa: move VLAN filtering setter
Move the DSA port code which sets VLAN filtering on a port in port.c,
where it belongs.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot cfbed329be net: dsa: move bridging routines
Move the DSA port code which bridges a port in port.c, where it belongs.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot a40c175b4a net: dsa: move port state setters
Add a new port.c file to hold all DSA port-wide logic. This patch moves
in the code which sets a port state.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 072bb1903a net: dsa: change scope of ageing time setter
Change the scope of the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute setter
from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future
port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA
links.

Also ds->ports is now a contiguous array of dsa_port structures, thus
their addresses cannot be NULL. Remove the useless check in
dsa_fastest_ageing_time.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot c02c4175cb net: dsa: change scope of VLAN filtering setter
Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN filtering attribute setter from
the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future
port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA
links.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 01676d129c net: dsa: change scope of VLAN handlers
Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN object handlers from the DSA
slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API
can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot bcebb976ec net: dsa: change scope of MDB handlers
Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave
device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can
also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 3fdb023b5e net: dsa: change scope of FDB handlers
Change the scope of the switchdev FDB object handlers from the DSA slave
device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can
also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 17d7802b77 net: dsa: change scope of bridging code
Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port,
change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic
dsa_port.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot a93ecdd948 net: dsa: change scope of notifier call chain
Change the scope of the fabric notification helper from the DSA slave to
the DSA port, since this is a DSA layer specific notion, that can be
used by non-slave ports (CPU and DSA).

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot fd36454131 net: dsa: change scope of STP state setter
Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device
supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a
single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its
dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase.

This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device
handling.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-22 19:37:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot f0c24ccf49 net: dsa: include switchdev.h only once
DSA drivers and core use switchdev. Include switchdev.h only once, in
the dsa.h public header, so that inclusion in DSA drivers or forward
declarations of switchdev structures in not necessary anymore.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-18 10:40:12 -04:00
Vivien Didelot ea5dd34be1 net: dsa: include dsa.h only once
The public include/net/dsa.h file is meant for DSA drivers, while all
DSA core files share a common private header net/dsa/dsa_priv.h file.

Ensure that dsa_priv.h is the only DSA core file to include net/dsa.h,
and add a new line to separate absolute and relative headers at the same
time.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-18 10:40:12 -04:00
Andrew Lunn eb7b721129 net: dsa: Sort DSA tagging protocol drivers
With more tag protocols being added, regain some order by sorting the
entries in various places.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-17 15:19:40 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 8b0d3ea555 net: dsa: store CPU port pointer in the tree
A dsa_switch_tree instance holds a dsa_switch pointer and a port index
to identify the switch port to which the CPU is attached.

Now that the DSA layer has a dsa_port structure to hold this data, use
it to point the switch CPU port.

This patch simply substitutes s/dst->cpu_switch/dst->cpu_dp->ds/ and
s/dst->cpu_port/dst->cpu_dp->index/.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-17 14:19:12 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 8e6c1812e6 net: dsa: Remove redundant NULL dst check
tag_lan9303.c does check for a NULL dst but that's already checked by
dsa_switch_rcv() one layer above.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-21 10:41:24 -04:00
Juergen Beisert e8fe177a62 net: dsa: add support for the SMSC-LAN9303 tagging format
To define the outgoing port and to discover the incoming port a regular
VLAN tag is used by the LAN9303. But its VID meaning is 'special'.

This tag handler/filter depends on some hardware features which must be
enabled in the device to provide and make use of this special VLAN tag
to control the destination and the source of an ethernet packet.

Signed-off-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-20 13:48:54 -04:00
Vivien Didelot a6a71f19fe net: dsa: isolate legacy code
This patch moves as is the legacy DSA code from dsa.c to legacy.c,
except the few shared symbols which remain in dsa.c.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-17 11:03:17 -04:00
Florian Fainelli a86d8becc3 net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions
All DSA tag receive functions do strictly the same thing after they have located
the originating source port from their tag specific protocol:

- push ETH_HLEN bytes
- set pkt_type to PACKET_HOST
- call eth_type_trans()
- bump up counters
- call netif_receive_skb()

Factor all of that into dsa_switch_rcv(). This also makes us return a pointer to
a sk_buff, which makes us symetric with the xmit function.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-08 13:49:36 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 16c5dcb13a net: dsa: Move skb_unshare() to dsa_switch_rcv()
All DSA tag receive functions need to unshare the skb before mangling it, move
this to the generic dsa_switch_rcv() function which will allow us to make the
tag receive function return their mangled skb without caring about freeing a
NULL skb.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-08 13:49:36 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 9d7f9c4f78 net: dsa: Do not check for NULL dst in tag parsers
dsa_switch_rcv() already tests for dst == NULL, so there is no need to duplicate
the same check within the tag receive functions.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-08 13:49:36 -07:00
Sean Wang 5cd8985a19 net-next: dsa: add Mediatek tag RX/TX handler
Add the support for the 4-bytes tag for DSA port distinguishing inserted
allowing receiving and transmitting the packet via the particular port.
The tag is being added after the source MAC address in the ethernet
header.

Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-07 13:50:55 -07:00
Tobias Regnery 768bfa2a06 net: dsa: fix build error with devlink build as module
After commit 96567d5dac ("net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink")
I see the following link error with CONFIG_NET_DSA=y and CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK=m:

net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe226b): undefined reference to `devlink_alloc'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe2284): undefined reference to `devlink_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe243e): undefined reference to `devlink_port_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe24e1): undefined reference to `devlink_port_register'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_register_switch':
(.text+0xe24fa): undefined reference to `devlink_port_type_eth_set'
net/built-in.o: In function 'dsa_dst_unapply.part.8':
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x345): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x36c): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x38e): undefined reference to 'devlink_port_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x3f2): undefined reference to 'devlink_unregister'
dsa2.c:(.text.unlikely+0x3fb): undefined reference to 'devlink_free'

Fix this by adding a dependency on MAY_USE_DEVLINK so that CONFIG_NET_DSA
get switched to be build as module when CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK=m.

Fixes: 96567d5dac ("net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-01 20:10:20 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 40ef2c9339 net: dsa: add cross-chip bridging operations
Introduce crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} operations in the dsa_switch_ops
structure, which can be used by switches supporting interconnection.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-01 12:22:57 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 96567d5dac net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink
Register the switch and its ports with devlink.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 22:46:04 -07:00
Andrew Lunn c6e970a04b net: break include loop netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h
There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because
of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in
dsa.h.

Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward
declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops()
function, which is what netdevice.h requires.

No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no
longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on
these includes. Add these directly in the affected file.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 22:46:04 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 4333d619f9 net: dsa: fix copyright holder
I do not hold the copyright of the DSA core and drivers source files,
since these changes have been written as an initiative of my day job.
Fix this.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 22:04:51 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 0f3da6afee net: dsa: check out-of-range ageing time value
If a DSA switch driver cannot program an ageing time value due to it
being out-of-range, switchdev will raise a stack trace before failing.

To fix this, add ageing_time_min and ageing_time_max members to the
dsa_switch in order for the switch drivers to optionally specify their
supported ageing time limits.

The DSA core will now check for provided ageing time limits and return
-ERANGE from the switchdev prepare phase if the value is out-of-range.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-15 15:34:13 -07:00
Vivien Didelot e893de1ba1 net: dsa: dsa_fastest_ageing_time return unsigned
The ageing time is defined as unsigned int, so make
dsa_fastest_ageing_time return an unsigned int instead of int.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-15 15:34:13 -07:00
David S. Miller 35eeacf182 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2017-02-11 02:31:11 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 50f008e583 net: dsa: Fix duplicate object rule
While adding switch.o to the list of DSA object files, we essentially
duplicated the previous obj-y line and just added switch.o, remove the
duplicate.

Fixes: f515f192ab ("net: dsa: add switch notifier")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-09 17:11:09 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 382e1eea2d net: dsa: Do not destroy invalid network devices
dsa_slave_create() can fail, and dsa_user_port_unapply() will properly check
for the network device not being NULL before attempting to destroy it. We were
not setting the slave network device as NULL if dsa_slave_create() failed, so
we would later on be calling dsa_slave_destroy() on a now free'd and
unitialized network device, causing crashes in dsa_slave_destroy().

Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-08 14:50:51 -05:00
Florian Fainelli e69e462610 net: dsa: Do not clobber PHY link outside of state machine
Calling phy_read_status() means that we may call into
genphy_read_status() which in turn will use genphy_update_link() which
can make changes to phydev->link outside of the state machine's state
transitions. This is an invalid behavior that is now caught as of
811a919135 ("phy state machine: failsafe leave invalid RUNNING state")

Reported-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 13:48:22 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 71e0bbde0d net: dsa: Add support for platform data
Allow drivers to use the new DSA API with platform data. Most of the
code in net/dsa/dsa2.c does not rely so much on device_nodes and can get
the same information from platform_data instead.

We purposely do not support distributed configurations with platform
data, so drivers should be providing a pointer to a 'struct
dsa_chip_data' structure if they wish to communicate per-port layout.

Multiple CPUs port could potentially be supported and dsa_chip_data is
extended to receive up to one reference to an upstream network device
per port described by a dsa_chip_data structure.

dsa_dev_to_net_device() increments the network device's reference count,
so we intentionally call dev_put() to be consistent with the DT-enabled
path, until we have a generic notifier based solution.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:51:45 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 14b89f36ee net: dsa: Rename and export dev_to_net_device()
In preparation for using this function in net/dsa/dsa2.c, rename the function
to make its scope DSA specific, and export it.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 10:51:45 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 04d3a4c6af net: dsa: introduce bridge notifier
A slave device will now notify the switch fabric once its port is
bridged or unbridged, instead of calling directly its switch operations.

This code allows propagating cross-chip bridging events in the fabric.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:53:29 -05:00
Vivien Didelot f515f192ab net: dsa: add switch notifier
Add a notifier block per DSA switch, registered against a notifier head
in the switch fabric they belong to.

This infrastructure will allow to propagate fabric-wide events such as
port bridging, VLAN configuration, etc. If a DSA switch driver cares
about cross-chip configuration, such events can be caught.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:53:29 -05:00
Vivien Didelot c5d35cb32c net: dsa: change state setter scope
The scope of the functions inside net/dsa/slave.c must be the slave
net_device pointer. Change to state setter helper accordingly to
simplify callers.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:53:29 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 9c26542685 net: dsa: rollback bridging on error
When an error is returned during the bridging of a port in a
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event, net/core/dev.c rolls back the operation.

Be consistent and unassign dp->bridge_dev when this happens.

In the meantime, add comments to document this behavior.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:53:28 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 8e92ab3a42 net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling
Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by
providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so
on (only this event is supported at the moment.)

Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK
when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:53:28 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 88e4f0ca4e net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration
Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide
helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it.

At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier
may fail.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-06 16:53:28 -05:00
Florian Fainelli f50f212749 net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring
Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch
drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall
classifier. We add support for two switch operations:

port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port
basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier.

Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver.

Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 15:55:46 -05:00
Florian Fainelli bf9f26485d net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations
In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the
plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 14:49:57 -05:00
Vivien Didelot f123f2fbed net: dsa: pass bridge device when a port leaves
Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already
unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to
NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation.

Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting
the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers
to adjust their port based VLANs correctly.

Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so
that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly,
and do not need to cache it anymore.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot a5e9a02e1f net: dsa: move bridge device in dsa_port
Move the bridge_dev pointer from dsa_slave_priv to dsa_port so that DSA
drivers can access this information and remove the need to cache it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot afdcf151c1 net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv
Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv
structure, instead of the switch/port index.

This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device,
needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 818be8489d net: dsa: add ds and index to dsa_port
Add the physical switch instance and port index a DSA port belongs to to
the dsa_port structure.

That can be used later to retrieve information about a physical port
when configuring a switch fabric, or lighten up struct dsa_slave_priv.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 26895e299c net: dsa: use ds->num_ports when possible
The dsa_switch structure contains the number of ports. Use it where the
structure is valid instead of the DSA_MAX_PORTS value.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot a0c02161ec net: dsa: variable number of ports
Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a
zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch
structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that.

This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS
as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA
drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-29 18:42:46 -05:00
David S. Miller 4e8f2fc1a5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Two trivial overlapping changes conflicts in MPLS and mlx5.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-28 10:33:06 -05:00
Florian Fainelli bc1727d242 net: dsa: Move ports assignment closer to error checking
Move the assignment of ports in _dsa_register_switch() closer to where
it is checked, no functional change. Re-order declarations to be
preserve the inverted christmas tree style.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-26 15:43:53 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 3512a8e95e net: dsa: Suffix function manipulating device_node with _dn
Make it clear that these functions take a device_node structure pointer

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-26 15:43:53 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 293784a8f8 net: dsa: Make most functions take a dsa_port argument
In preparation for allowing platform data, and therefore no valid
device_node pointer, make most DSA functions takes a pointer to a
dsa_port structure whenever possible. While at it, introduce a
dsa_port_is_valid() helper function which checks whether port->dn is
NULL or not at the moment.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-26 15:43:53 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 55ed0ce089 net: dsa: Pass device pointer to dsa_register_switch
In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with
device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a
struct device_node.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-26 15:43:52 -05:00
Florian Fainelli f154be241d net: dsa: Bring back device detaching in dsa_slave_suspend()
Commit 448b4482c6 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid
lockdep splat") removed the netif_device_detach() call done in
dsa_slave_suspend() which is necessary, and paired with a corresponding
netif_device_attach(), bring it back.

Fixes: 448b4482c6 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 14:47:44 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 82272db84d net: dsa: Drop WARN() in tag_brcm.c
We may be able to see invalid Broadcom tags when the hardware and drivers are
misconfigured, or just while exercising the error path. Instead of flooding
the console with messages, flat out drop the packet.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-24 15:00:22 -05:00
Andrew Lunn 23e3d618e4 net: dsa: Fix inverted test for multiple CPU interface
Remove the wrong !, otherwise we get false positives about having
multiple CPU interfaces.

Fixes: b22de49086 ("net: dsa: store CPU switch structure in the tree")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-24 13:33:50 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 4078b76cac net: dsa: Check return value of phy_connect_direct()
We need to check the return value of phy_connect_direct() in
dsa_slave_phy_connect() otherwise we may be continuing the
initialization of a slave network device with a PHY that already
attached somewhere else and which will soon be in error because the PHY
device is in error.

The conditions for such an error to occur are that we have a port of our
switch that is not disabled, and has the same port number as a PHY
address (say both 5) that can be probed using the DSA slave MII bus. We
end-up having this slave network device find a PHY at the same address
as our port number, and we try to attach to it.

A slave network (e.g: port 0) has already attached to our PHY device,
and we try to re-attach it with a different network device, but since we
ignore the error we would end-up initializating incorrect device
references by the time the slave network interface is opened.

The code has been (re)organized several times, making it hard to provide
an exact Fixes tag, this is a bugfix nonetheless.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-23 15:43:35 -05:00
Andrew Lunn cf1a56a4cf net: dsa: Remove hwmon support
Only the Marvell mv88e6xxx DSA driver made use of the HWMON support in
DSA. The temperature sensor registers are actually in the embedded
PHYs, and the PHY driver now supports it. So remove all HWMON support
from DSA and drivers.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 14:42:51 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 9520ed8fb8 net: dsa: use cpu_switch instead of ds[0]
Now that the DSA Ethernet switches are true Linux devices, the CPU
switch is not necessarily the first one. If its address is higher than
the second switch on the same MDIO bus, its index will be 1, not 0.

Avoid any confusion by using dst->cpu_switch instead of dst->ds[0].

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-18 16:49:47 -05:00
Vivien Didelot b22de49086 net: dsa: store CPU switch structure in the tree
Store a dsa_switch pointer to the CPU switch in the tree instead of only
its index. This avoids the need to initialize it to -1.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-18 16:49:46 -05:00
David S. Miller 02ac5d1487 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Two AF_* families adding entries to the lockdep tables
at the same time.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-11 14:43:39 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 592050b254 Revert "net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id"
This reverts commit 3a543ef479 ("net: dsa:
Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id") since it misuses the purpose of
ndo_get_phys_port_id(). We have ndo_get_phys_port_name() to do the
correct thing for us now.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-11 09:55:54 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 44bb765cf0 net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name()
Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using
ndo_get_phys_port_name().

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-11 09:55:54 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 9f91484f6f net: dsa: make "label" property optional for dsa2
In the new DTS bindings for DSA (dsa2), the "ethernet" and "link"
phandles are respectively mandatory and exclusive to CPU port and DSA
link device tree nodes.

Simplify dsa2.c a bit by checking the presence of such phandle instead
of checking the redundant "label" property.

Then the Linux philosophy for Ethernet switch ports is to expose them to
userspace as standard NICs by default. Thus use the standard enumerated
"eth%d" device name if no "label" property is provided for a user port.
This allows to save DTS files from subjective net device names.

If one wants to rename an interface, udev rules can be used as usual.

Of course the current behavior is unchanged, and the optional "label"
property for user ports has precedence over the enumerated name.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <uwe@kleine-koenig.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-11 09:26:15 -05:00
Florian Fainelli faf3a932fb net: dsa: Ensure validity of dst->ds[0]
It is perfectly possible to have non zero indexed switches being present
in a DSA switch tree, in such a case, we will be deferencing a NULL
pointer while dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_{setup,restore}. Be more defensive
and ensure that dst->ds[0] is valid before doing anything with it.

Fixes: 0c73c523cf ("net: dsa: Initialize CPU port ethtool ops per tree")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:18:52 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 3a89eaa65d net: dsa: select NET_SWITCHDEV
The support for DSA Ethernet switch chips depends on TCP/IP networking,
thus explicit that HAVE_NET_DSA depends on INET.

DSA uses SWITCHDEV, thus select it instead of depending on it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-09 17:17:30 -05:00
Florian Fainelli a82f67afe8 net: dsa: Make dsa_switch_ops const
Now that we have properly encapsulated and made drivers utilize exported
functions, we can switch dsa_switch_ops to be a annotated with const.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-09 15:44:50 -05:00
Florian Fainelli ab3d408d3f net: dsa: Encapsulate legacy switch drivers into dsa_switch_driver
In preparation for making struct dsa_switch_ops const, encapsulate it
within a dsa_switch_driver which has a list pointer and a pointer to
dsa_switch_ops. This allows us to take the list_head pointer out of
dsa_switch_ops, which is written to by {un,}register_switch_driver.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-09 15:44:50 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 111427f6eb net: dsa: move HWMON support to its own file
Isolate the HWMON support in DSA in its own file. Currently only the
legacy DSA code is concerned.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-07 22:37:22 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 7558828ade net: dsa: remove version string
The dsa_driver_version string is irrelevant and has not been bumped
since its introduction about 9 years ago. Kill it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-06 15:49:10 -05:00
Volodymyr Bendiuga 5e6eb45698 net:dsa: check for EPROBE_DEFER from dsa_dst_parse()
Since there can be multiple dsa switches stacked together but
not all of devicetree nodes available at the time of calling
dsa_dst_parse(), EPROBE_DEFER can be returned by it. When this
happens, only the last dsa switch has to be deleted by
dsa_dst_del_ds(), but not the whole list, because next time linux
cames back to this function it will try to add only the last dsa
switch which returned EPROBE_DEFER.

Signed-off-by: Volodymyr Bendiuga <volodymyr.bendiuga@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-05 11:39:53 -05:00
Vivien Didelot a896eee334 net: dsa: remove out label in dsa_switch_setup_one
The "out" label in dsa_switch_setup_one() is useless, thus remove it.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-04 13:29:27 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 3a543ef479 net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id
Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id() by returning the physical port number
of the switch this per-port DSA created network interface corresponds
to.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-29 22:16:53 -05:00
David S. Miller 2745529ac7 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Couple conflicts resolved here:

1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
   RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
   to support variable sized rings.

2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
   overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
   ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.

3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
   stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
   and reorganized in 'net-next'.

4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
   'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
   Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
   in 'net'.  It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
   the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
   tc_skip_sw().

5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
   unrelated changes in 'net-next'.

6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
   bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
   the same code in 'net-next'.  Since the 'net-next' code no
   longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
   other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-03 12:29:53 -05:00
Johan Hovold 881eadabe7 net: dsa: slave: fix fixed-link phydev leaks
Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using
of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy.

Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-29 23:17:02 -05:00
Johan Hovold 3f65047c85 of_mdio: add helper to deregister fixed-link PHYs
Add helper to deregister fixed-link PHYs registered using
of_phy_register_fixed_link().

Convert the two drivers that care to deregister their fixed-link PHYs to
use the new helper, but note that most drivers currently fail to do so.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-29 23:17:02 -05:00
Johan Hovold 0d8f3c6715 net: dsa: slave: fix of-node leak and phy priority
Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_parse_phandle() before
returning from dsa_slave_phy_setup().

Note that this also modifies the PHY priority so that any fixed-link
node is only parsed when no phy-handle is given, which is in accordance
with the common scheme for this.

Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-29 23:17:02 -05:00
Nikita Yushchenko 7a99cd6e21 net: dsa: fix unbalanced dsa_switch_tree reference counting
_dsa_register_switch() gets a dsa_switch_tree object either via
dsa_get_dst() or via dsa_add_dst(). Former path does not increase kref
in returned object (resulting into caller not owning a reference),
while later path does create a new object (resulting into caller owning
a reference).

The rest of _dsa_register_switch() assumes that it owns a reference, and
calls dsa_put_dst().

This causes a memory breakage if first switch in the tree initialized
successfully, but second failed to initialize. In particular, freed
dsa_swith_tree object is left referenced by switch that was initialized,
and later access to sysfs attributes of that switch cause OOPS.

To fix, need to add kref_get() call to dsa_get_dst().

Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Nikita Yushchenko <nikita.yoush@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 16:15:45 -05:00
Johan Hovold fd05d7b18c net: dsa: fix fixed-link-phy device leaks
Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_phy_find_device() when
registering and deregistering the fixed-link PHY-device.

Fixes: 39b0c70519 ("net: dsa: Allow configuration of CPU & DSA port
speeds/duplex")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-27 20:01:15 -05:00
Jarod Wilson 8b1efc0f83 net: remove MTU limits on a few ether_setup callers
These few drivers call ether_setup(), but have no ndo_change_mtu, and thus
were overlooked for changes to MTU range checking behavior. They
previously had no range checks, so for feature-parity, set their min_mtu
to 0 and max_mtu to ETH_MAX_MTU (65535), instead of the 68 and 1500
inherited from the ether_setup() changes. Fine-tuning can come after we get
back to full feature-parity here.

CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st>
CC: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st>
CC: R Parameswaran <parameswaran.r7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-21 13:57:50 -04:00
Philippe Reynes bb10bb3ea8 net: dsa: slave: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-12 01:40:25 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 732f794c1b net: dsa: add port fast ageing
Today the DSA drivers are in charge of flushing the MAC addresses
associated to a port when its STP state changes from Learning or
Forwarding, to Disabled or Blocking or Listening.

This makes the drivers more complex and hides the generic switch logic.
Introduce a new optional port_fast_age operation to dsa_switch_ops, to
move this logic to the DSA layer and keep drivers simple.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-09-23 08:38:50 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 4acfee8143 net: dsa: add port STP state helper
Add a void helper to set the STP state of a port, checking first if the
required routine is provided by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-09-23 08:38:50 -04:00
John Crispin 092183df0f net-next: dsa: make the set_addr() operation optional
Only 1 of the 3 drivers currently has a set_addr() operation. Make the
set_addr() callback optional to reduce the amount of empty stubs inside
the drivers.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-09-20 04:47:44 -04:00
John Crispin 06f8ec9041 net-next: dsa: fix duplicate invocation of set_addr()
commit 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
has a duplicate invocation of the set_addr() operation callback. Remove one
of them.

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-09-20 04:47:44 -04:00
John Crispin cafdc45c94 net-next: dsa: add Qualcomm tag RX/TX handler
Add support for the 2-bytes Qualcomm tag that gigabit switches such as
the QCA8337/N might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targeting specific switch ports. The tag is inserted
directly behind the ethernet header.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-09-16 04:31:51 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 8df3025520 net: dsa: add MDB support
Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 14:15:42 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 9d490b4ee4 net: dsa: rename switch operations structure
Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers
as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops,
uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel.

No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like:
s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g

However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their
dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be
deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework.

In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to
make it happy with this patch:

    CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops"
    #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470:
    +	if (ops == NULL) {

    CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings"
    #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697:
    +		if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL)

    CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats"
    #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785:
    +	if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL)

    CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count"
    #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798:
    +		if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL)

    total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-24 21:45:39 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 7b314362a2 net: dsa: Allow the DSA driver to indicate the tag protocol
DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need
different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the
driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-22 21:08:08 -07:00
Florian Fainelli d9338023fb net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Make it a real platform device driver
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 switch driver should be a proper platform
driver, now that the DSA code has been updated to allow that, register a
switch device, feed it with the proper configuration data coming from
Device Tree and register our switch device with DSA.

The bulk of the changes consist in moving what bcm_sf2_sw_setup() did
into the platform driver probe function.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-19 17:15:36 -07:00
Florian Fainelli ea825e70d0 net: dsa: Export suspend/resume functions
In preparation for allowing switch drivers to implement system-wide
suspend/resume functions, export dsa_switch_suspend and
dsa_switch_resume() such that these are callable from the appropriate
driver specific suspend/resume functions.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-19 17:15:36 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 34a79f63bb net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr
Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute.

The ageing time is passed as milliseconds.

Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical
switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with
the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-19 19:42:01 -07:00
Wei Yongjun 85c22bad56 net: dsa: Fix non static symbol warning
Fixes the following sparse warning:

net/dsa/dsa2.c:680:6: warning:
 symbol '_dsa_unregister_switch' was not declared. Should it be static?

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-12 11:34:30 -07:00
Vivien Didelot d390238c4f net: dsa: initialize the routing table
The routing table of every switch in a tree is currently initialized to
all zeros. This is an issue since 0 is a valid port number.

Add a DSA_RTABLE_NONE=-1 constant to initialize the signed values of the
routing table pointing to other switches.

This fixes the device mapping of the mv88e6xxx driver where the port
pointing to the switch itself and to non-existent switches was wrongly
configured to be 0. It is now set to the expected 0xf value.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-08 23:59:49 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 0c73c523cf net: dsa: Initialize CPU port ethtool ops per tree
Now that we can properly support multiple distinct trees in the system,
using a global variable: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops is getting clobbered
as soon as the second switch tree gets probed, and we don't want that.

We need to move this to be dynamically allocated, and since we can't
really be comparing addresses anymore to determine first time
initialization versus any other times, just move this to dsa.c and
dsa2.c where the remainder of the dst/ds initialization happens.

The operations teardown restores the master netdev's ethtool_ops to its
original ethtool_ops pointer (typically within the Ethernet driver)

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 11:23:42 -07:00
Florian Fainelli af42192c47 net: dsa: Add initialization helper for CPU port ethtool_ops
Add a helper function: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_init() which initializes a
custom ethtool_ops structure with custom DSA ethtool operations for CPU
ports. This is a preliminary change to move the initialization outside
of net/dsa/slave.c.

Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 11:23:42 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 1eb59443e7 net: dsa: Provide a slave MII bus if needed
Mimic what net/dsa/dsa.c does and provide a slave MII bus by default
which will be created if the driver implements a phy_read method.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 11:23:41 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 6e830d8f0d net: dsa: Initialize ds->enabled_port_mask and ds->phys_mii_mask
Some drivers rely on these two bitmasks to contain the correct values
for them to successfully probe and initialize at drv->setup() time,
calculate correct values to put in both masks as early as possible in
dsa_get_ports_dn().

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 11:23:41 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 0b7b498d41 net: dsa: Provide unique DSA slave MII bus names
In case we have multiples trees and switches with the same index, we
need to add another discriminating id: the switch tree.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 11:23:41 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 83c0afaec7 net: dsa: Add new binding implementation
The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The
main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device,
hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform
device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware.

Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on
a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:55 -07:00
Andrew Lunn e755e49eb3 net: dsa: Make mdio bus optional
The switch may want to instantiate its own MDIO bus. Only do it
centrally if the switch has not already created one, and the read op
is implemented.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:54 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 39a7f2a4eb net: dsa: Refactor selection of tag ops into a function
Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the
result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know
the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:54 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 9b8e895c4e net: dsa: Split up creating/destroying of DSA and CPU ports
Refactor the code to setup a single DSA/CPU port into a function of
its own, and export it, so it can be used by the new binding.

Similarly, refactor the destroy code into a function.  When destroying
the ports, don't put the of node. They should be released at the end
along with the normal ports.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 66472fc04e net: dsa: Copy the routing table into the switch structure
The new binding will not have a chip data structure, it will place the
routing directly into the switch structure. To enable backwards
compatibility, copy the routing from the chip data into the switch
structure.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 4a7704ffa8 net: dsa: Remove dynamic allocate of routing table
With a maximum of four switches, the size of the routing table is the
same as the pointer to it. Removing it makes the code simpler.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 189b0d93ec net: dsa: Move port device node into port structure
Move the port device node structure into the port structure, from the
chip data. This information is needed in the next step of implementing
the new binding.

The chip data structure is used while parsing the whole old binding,
before the individual switch structures exist. With the new bindings,
this is reversed, the switches exist first, and the interconnections
between the switches is derived from the individual switch
bindings. Thus this chip data structure becomes unneeded.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
eviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn c8b098086b net: dsa: Add a ports structure and use it in the switch structure
There are going to be more per-port members added to the switch
structure. So add a port structure and move the netdev into it.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 149cafd790 net: dsa: tag_{e}dsa.c: Remove dependency on platform data
The platform data nr_chips is used when validating a received packet,
to ensure it comes from a know switch chip. The number of possible
switches is limited to DSA_MAX_SWITCHES, so use this as the first
validation step. The new binding allows holes in the dst->ds[] array,
so also ensure ensure there is a valid dsa_switch for this packet.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 6e8e862ded net: dsa: slave: Remove MDIO address from switch MDIO bus name
The DSA layer should no longer assume the switch is connected to an
MDIO bus. As a result, we cannot use the address on the MDIO bus when
forming the name of the switches internal MDIO bus for its builtin and
possibly external PHYs. The switch index is sufficient to make the
name unique, so drop the MDIO address.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:52 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 0e57604408 net: dsa: slave: chip data is optional, don't dereference NULL
The new binding does not make use of dsa_chip_data, a.k.a cd.  When
retrieving the size of the EEPROM attached to a switch, don't assume
there is a cd attached to the switch structure.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:52 -07:00
Andrew Lunn ff04955c2f dsa: Rename switch chip data to cd
The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd.
However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data.
This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c
and slave.c for this data type.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:36:28 -04:00
Andrew Lunn c33063d6a0 dsa: Remove master_dev from switch structure
The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info()
messages.  Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and
new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer
needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:36:28 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 52638f71fc dsa: Move gpio reset into switch driver
Resetting the switch is something the driver does, not the framework.
So move the parsing of this property into the driver.

There are no in kernel users of this property, so moving it does not
break anything. There is however a board which will make use of this
property making its way into the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:36:28 -04:00
Florian Fainelli badf3ada60 net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev
This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also
include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes,
when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex
mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.).

We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's
ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about:
get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept
these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus
our own.

We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper
functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the
entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be
used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such
drivers would simply not scale.

The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now:
<iface> statistics
p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names>

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:16:17 -04:00
Vivien Didelot c60c984042 net: dsa: remove tag_protocol from dsa_switch
Having the tag protocol in dsa_switch_driver for setup time and in
dsa_switch_tree for runtime is enough. Remove dsa_switch's one.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 13:43:11 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 46e7b8d8d5 net: dsa: kill circular reference with slave priv
The dsa_slave_priv structure does not need a pointer to its net_device.
Kill it.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-19 20:28:49 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 0209d144e3 net: dsa: constify probed name
Change the dsa_switch_driver.probe function to return a const char *.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:14 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 74c3e2a54b dsa: Rename phys_port_mask to enabled_port_mask
The phys in phys_port_mask suggests this mask is about PHYs. In fact,
it means physical ports. Rename to enabled_port_mask, indicating
external enabled ports of the switch, which is hopefully less
confusing.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:23 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 5feebd0a8a net: dsa: Remove allocation of driver private memory
The drivers now allocate their own memory for private usage. Remove
the allocation from the core code.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:23 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 7543a6d535 net: dsa: Have the switch driver allocate there own private memory
Now the switch devices have a dev pointer, make use of it for allocating
the drivers private data structures using a devm_kzalloc().

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:23 -04:00
Andrew Lunn bbb8d79399 net: dsa: Pass the dsa device to the switch drivers
By passing a device structure to the switch devices, it allows them
to use devm_* methods for resource management.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:22 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 4d5770b397 net: dsa: make the VLAN add function return void
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.

The DSA layer separates port_vlan_prepare and port_vlan_add for
simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the
commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the driver itself.

Make the DSA port_vlan_add routine return void for explicitness.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:50:41 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 8497aa618d net: dsa: make the FDB add function return void
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.

The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity
and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself.

Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:50:40 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 43c44a9f65 net: dsa: make the STP state function return void
The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update
routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers.

Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a
dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute.

In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to
explicit the state change.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:50:40 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 6debb68a2d net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier
Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum
driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example
NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as
netif_is_bridge_master).

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 16:05:32 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 16bfa7024e net: dsa: make port_bridge_leave return void
netdev_upper_dev_unlink() which notifies NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, returns
void, as well as del_nbp(). So there's no advantage to catch an eventual
error from the port_bridge_leave routine at the DSA level.

Make this routine void for the DSA layer and its existing drivers.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 16:05:31 -04:00
Vivien Didelot 71327a4e7d net: dsa: rename port_*_bridge routines
Rename DSA port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge routines to
respectively port_bridge_join and port_bridge_leave in order to respect
an implicit Port::Bridge namespace.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 16:05:31 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 5bcbe0f35f phy: fixed: Fix removal of phys.
The fixed phys delete function simply removed the fixed phy from the
internal linked list and freed the memory. It however did not
unregister the associated phy device. This meant it was still possible
to find the phy device on the mdio bus.

Make fixed_phy_del() an internal function and add a
fixed_phy_unregister() to unregisters the phy device and then uses
fixed_phy_del() to free resources.

Modify DSA to use this new API function, so we don't leak phys.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 15:43:11 -04:00
Andrew Lunn ec777e6b42 dsa: dsa: Fix freeing of fixed-phys from user ports.
All ports types can have a fixed PHY associated with it. Remove the
check which limits removal to only CPU and DSA ports.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 15:43:11 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 3a44514ff9 dsa: Destroy fixed link phys after the phy has been disconnected
The phy is disconnected from the slave in dsa_slave_destroy(). Don't
destroy fixed link phys until after this, since there can be fixed
linked phys connected to ports.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 15:43:11 -04:00
Andrew Lunn b71be352f7 dsa: slave: Don't reference NULL pointer during phy_disconnect
When the phy is disconnected, the parent pointer to the netdev it was
attached to is set to NULL. The code then tries to suspend the phy,
but dsa_slave_fixed_link_update needs the parent pointer to determine
which switch the phy is connected to. So it dereferenced a NULL
pointer. Check for this condition.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 15:43:10 -04:00
Neil Armstrong 04761890a7 net: dsa: Fix cleanup resources upon module removal
The initial commit badly merged into the dsa_resume method instead
of the dsa_remove_dst method.
As consequence, the dst->master_netdev->dsa_ptr is not set to NULL on
removal and re-bind of the dsa device fails with error -17.

Fixes: b0dc635d92 ("net: dsa: cleanup resources upon module removal ")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-10 16:20:17 -05:00
Vivien Didelot fb2dabad69 net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr
When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like:

    # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering

Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port
attribute.

Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering
function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 16:24:51 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 477b184526 net: dsa: drop vlan_getnext
The VLAN GetNext operation is specific to some switches, and thus can be
complicated to implement for some drivers.

Remove the support for the vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach in favor
of the generic and simpler port_vlan_dump function.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-25 15:20:21 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 65aebfc002 net: dsa: add port_vlan_dump routine
Similar to port_fdb_dump, add a port_vlan_dump function to DSA drivers
which gets passed the switchdev VLAN object and callback.

This function, if implemented, takes precedence over the soon legacy
vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-25 15:20:20 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 9d2dd73669 net: dsa: remove dsa_bridge_check_vlan_range
DSA drivers may support multiple bridge groups with the same hardware
VLAN. The mv88e6xxx driver which cannot yet, already has its own check
for overlapping bridges. Thus remove the check from the DSA layer.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-23 14:52:46 -05:00
Vivien Didelot a6692754d6 net: dsa: pass bridge down to drivers
Some DSA drivers may or may not support multiple software bridges on top
of an hardware switch.

It is more convenient for them to access the bridge's net_device for
finer configuration.

Removing the need to craft and access a bitmask also simplifies the
code.

This patch changes the signature of bridge related functions, update DSA
drivers, and removes dsa_slave_br_port_mask.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-23 14:52:46 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 73dcb55653 net: dsa: Unregister slave_dev in error path
With commit 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy"), we are now trying
to free a network device that has been previously registered, and in case of
errors, this will make us hit the BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERED)
condition.

Fix this by adding a missing unregister_netdev() before free_netdev().

Fixes: 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 22:05:16 -05:00
Sascha Hauer a407054f83 net: dsa: remove phy_disconnect from error path
The phy has not been initialized, disconnecting it in the error
path results in a NULL pointer exception. Drop the phy_disconnect
from the error path.

Signed-off-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 16:04:08 -05:00
Andrew Lunn 0071f56e46 dsa: Register netdev before phy
When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev
it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name
'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then
connecting they phy, we can avoid this.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-07 14:31:26 -05:00
Andrew Lunn 7f854420fb phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus.
Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure,
provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO
bus, and performing lookups.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-07 14:31:26 -05:00
Andrew Lunn e5a03bfd87 phy: Add an mdio_device structure
Not all devices attached to an MDIO bus are phys. So add an
mdio_device structure to represent the generic parts of an mdio
device, and place this structure into the phy_device.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-07 14:31:26 -05:00
Andrew Lunn 2220943a21 phy: Centralise print about attached phy
Many Ethernet drivers contain the same netdev_info() print statement
about the attached phy. Move it into the phy device code. Additionally
add a varargs function which can be used to append additional
information.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-07 14:31:25 -05:00
Neil Armstrong cda5c15b23 net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c
Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new
dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c.
Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to
correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine.

Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 16:35:50 -05:00
Neil Armstrong 679fb46c57 net: dsa: Add missing master netdev dev_put() calls
Upon probe failure or unbinding, add missing dev_put() calls.

Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 16:35:50 -05:00
Neil Armstrong b0dc635d92 net: dsa: cleanup resources upon module removal
Make sure that we unassign the master_netdev dsa_ptr to make the packet
processing go through the regular Ethernet receive path.

Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 16:35:50 -05:00
Neil Armstrong 4baee937b8 net: dsa: remove DSA link polling
Since no more DSA driver uses the polling callback, and since
the phylib handles the link detection, remove the link polling
work and timer code.

Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 16:35:49 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann 85beabfeca net: dsa: include gpio consumer header file
After the introduction of the switch gpio reset API, I'm getting
build errors in configurations that disable CONFIG_GPIOLIB:

net/dsa/dsa.c:783:16: error: implicit declaration of function 'gpio_to_desc' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]

The reason is that linux/gpio/consumer.h is not automatically
included without gpiolib support. This adds an explicit #include
statement to make it compile in all configurations. The reset
functionality will not work without gpiolib, which is what you
get when disabling the feature.

As far as I can tell, gpiolib is supported on all architectures
on which you can have DSA at the moment.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: cc30c16344 ("net: dsa: Add support for a switch reset gpio")
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-11-24 11:28:06 -05:00
Andrew Lunn cc30c16344 net: dsa: Add support for a switch reset gpio
Some boards have a gpio line tied to the switch reset pin. Allow this
gpio to be retrieved from the device tree, and take the switch out of
reset before performing the probe.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-11-23 11:53:10 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 76e398a627 net: dsa: use switchdev obj for VLAN add/del ops
Simplify DSA by pushing the switchdev objects for VLAN add and delete
operations down to its drivers. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-11-01 15:56:11 -05:00
Vivien Didelot 1a49a2fbf8 net: dsa: remove port_fdb_getnext
No driver implements port_fdb_getnext anymore, and port_fdb_dump is
preferred anyway, so remove this function from DSA.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 07:38:45 -07:00
Vivien Didelot ea70ba9806 net: dsa: add port_fdb_dump function
Not all switch chips support a Get Next operation to iterate on its FDB.
So add a more simple port_fdb_dump function for them.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-22 07:38:35 -07:00
David S. Miller 26440c835f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
	net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
	net/switchdev/switchdev.c

In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.

The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-20 06:08:27 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 850d0cbc91 switchdev: remove pointers from switchdev objects
When object is used in deferred work, we cannot use pointers in
switchdev object structures because the memory they point at may be already
used by someone else. So rather do local copy of the value.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 06:09:49 -07:00
Jiri Pirko f7fadf3047 switchdev: make struct switchdev_attr parameter const for attr_set calls
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-15 06:09:46 -07:00
Vivien Didelot efd29b3d82 net: dsa: do not warn unsupported bridge ops
A DSA driver may not provide the port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge
functions, so don't warn in such case.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-13 04:26:30 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 8057b3e7a1 net: dsa: use switchdev obj in port_fdb_del
For consistency with the FDB add operation, propagate the
switchdev_obj_port_fdb structure in the DSA drivers.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-11 05:28:52 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 1f36faf269 net: dsa: push prepare phase in port_fdb_add
Now that the prepare phase is pushed down to the DSA drivers, propagate
it to the port_fdb_add function.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-11 05:28:50 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 146a32067b net: dsa: add port_fdb_prepare
Push the prepare phase for FDB operations down to the DSA drivers, with
a new port_fdb_prepare function. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-11 05:28:49 -07:00
Neil Armstrong 4d7f3e757c net: dsa: exit probe if no switch were found
If no switch were found in dsa_setup_dst, return -ENODEV and
exit the dsa_probe cleanly.

Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-07 04:56:11 -07:00
Neil Armstrong d4ac35d6ed net: dsa: switch to devm_ calls and remove kfree calls
Now the kfree calls exists in the the remove functions, remove them in all
places except the of_probe functions and replace allocation calls
with their devm_ counterparts.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-07 04:56:09 -07:00
Neil Armstrong cbc5d90b37 net: dsa: complete dsa_switch_destroy
When unbinding dsa, complete the dsa_switch_destroy to unregister the
fixed link phy then cleanly unregister and destroy the net devices.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-07 04:56:08 -07:00
Neil Armstrong e410ddb89e net: dsa: add missing dsa_switch mdiobus remove
To prevent memory leakage on unbinding, add missing mdiobus unregister
and unallocation calls.

Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-07 04:56:07 -07:00
Neil Armstrong 1023d2ec1e net: dsa: add missing kfree on remove
To prevent memory leakage on unbinding, add missing kfree calls.
Includes minor cosmetic change to make patch clean.

Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-07 04:56:06 -07:00
Russell King d25b8e7429 net: dsa: better error reporting
Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier
to debug when things go wrong.  This was useful when initially bringing
up 88e6176 on a new board.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-07 02:58:49 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 9e8f4a548a switchdev: push object ID back to object structure
Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 04:49:40 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 648b4a995a switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param
Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of
helpers along that.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 04:49:39 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 52ba57cfdc switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_fdb to switchdev_obj_port_fdb
Make the struct name in sync with object id name.

Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 04:49:39 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 8f24f3095d switchdev: rename switchdev_obj_vlan to switchdev_obj_port_vlan
Make the struct name in sync with object id name.

Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 04:49:38 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 1f86839874 switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_ATTR_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_*
To be aligned with obj.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 04:49:37 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 57d80838da switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_*
Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 04:49:36 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 57a47532c4 net: dsa: fix preparation of a port STP update
Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a
driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state,
which triggers a WARN() from switchdev.

This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging.

Fixes: 3563606258 ("switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set")
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 21:36:01 -07:00
Vivien Didelot b8d866ac6a net: dsa: fix preparation of a port STP update
Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a
driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state,
which triggers a WARN() from switchdev.

This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging.

Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 21:35:06 -07:00
Vivien Didelot ab06900230 net: switchdev: abstract object in add/del ops
Similar to the notifier_call callback of a notifier_block, change the
function signature of switchdev add and del operations to:

    int switchdev_port_obj_add/del(struct net_device *dev,
                                   enum switchdev_obj_id id, void *obj);

This allows the caller to pass a specific switchdev_obj_* structure
instead of the generic switchdev_obj one.

Drivers implementation of these operations and switchdev have been
changed accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 21:31:59 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 25f07adc47 net: switchdev: pass callback to dump operation
Similar to the notifier_call callback of a notifier_block, change the
function signature of switchdev dump operation to:

    int switchdev_port_obj_dump(struct net_device *dev,
                                enum switchdev_obj_id id, void *obj,
                                int (*cb)(void *obj));

This allows the caller to pass and expect back a specific
switchdev_obj_* structure instead of the generic switchdev_obj one.

Drivers implementation of dump operation can now expect this specific
structure and call the callback with it. Drivers have been changed
accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 21:31:59 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 03d5fb1862 net: switchdev: remove dev from switchdev_obj cb
The net_device associated to a dump operation does not have to be passed
to the callback. switchdev stores it in a superset struct, if needed.

Also some drivers (such as DSA drivers) may not have easy access to it.

This will simplify pushing the callback function down to the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 21:31:59 -07:00
David S. Miller 4963ed48f2 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	net/ipv4/arp.c

The net/ipv4/arp.c conflict was one commit adding a new
local variable while another commit was deleting one.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-26 16:08:27 -07:00
Florian Fainelli f37db85d0c net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type
Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by
DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search
for devices of a specific kind.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-25 12:25:16 -07:00
Russell King 9861f72074 net: fix net_device refcounting
of_find_net_device_by_node() uses class_find_device() internally to
lookup the corresponding network device.  class_find_device() returns
a reference to the embedded struct device, with its refcount
incremented.

Add a comment to the definition in net/core/net-sysfs.c indicating the
need to drop this refcount, and fix the DSA code to drop this refcount
when the OF-generated platform data is cleaned up and freed.  Also
arrange for the ref to be dropped when handling errors.

Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 23:04:53 -07:00
Russell King e496ae690b net: dsa: fix of_mdio_find_bus() device refcount leak
Current users of of_mdio_find_bus() leak a struct device refcount, as
they fail to clean up the reference obtained inside class_find_device().

Fix the DSA code to properly refcount the returned MDIO bus by:
1. taking a reference on the struct device whenever we assign it to
   pd->chip[x].host_dev.
2. dropping the reference when we overwrite the existing reference.
3. dropping the reference when we free the data structure.
4. dropping the initial reference we obtained after setting up the
   platform data structure, or on failure.

In step 2 above, where we obtain a new MDIO bus, there is no need to
take a reference on it as we would only have to drop it immediately
after assignment again, iow:

	put_device(cd->host_dev);	/* drop original assignment ref */
	cd->host_dev = get_device(&mdio_bus_switch->dev); /* get our ref */
	put_device(&mdio_bus_switch->dev); /* drop of_mdio_find_bus ref */

Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 23:04:52 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 79a62eb22a dsa: use prepare/commit switchdev transaction helpers
The enum is going to disappear, use the helpers instead.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 22:59:22 -07:00
Jiri Pirko f8db83486e switchdev: move transaction phase enum under transaction structure
Before it disappears completely, move transaction phase enum under
transaction structure and make attr/obj structures a bit cleaner.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 22:59:21 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 7ea6eb3f56 switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add
Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly
in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic
switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory
allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction
is handled as well.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 22:59:21 -07:00
Jiri Pirko 69f5df491e switchdev: rename "trans" to "trans_ph".
This is temporary, name "trans" will be used for something else and
"trans_ph" will eventually disappear.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 22:59:21 -07:00
Neil Armstrong fbd03513bf net: dsa: Fix Marvell Egress Trailer check
The Marvell Egress rx trailer check must be fixed to
correctly detect bad bits in the third byte of the
Eggress trailer as described in the Table 28 of the
88E6060 datasheet.
The current code incorrectly omits to check the third
byte and checks the fourth byte twice.

Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-22 17:37:03 -07:00
Andrew Lunn e448534668 net: dsa: Allow DSA and CPU ports to have a phy-mode property
It can be useful for DSA and CPU ports to have a phy-mode property, in
particular to specify RGMII delays. Parse the property and set it in
the fixed-link phydev.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-31 14:48:02 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 39b0c70519 net: dsa: Allow configuration of CPU & DSA port speeds/duplex
By default, DSA and CPU ports are configured to the maximum speed the
switch supports. However there can be use cases where the peer devices
port is slower. Allow a fixed-link property to be used with the DSA
and CPU port in the device tree, and use this information to configure
the port.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-31 14:48:02 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 1e72e6f885 net: dsa: Allow multi hop routes to be expressed
With more than two switches in a hierarchy, it becomes necessary to
describe multi-hop routes between switches. The current binding does
not allow this, although the older platform_data did. Extend the link
property to be a list rather than a single phandle to a remote switch.
It is then possible to express that a port should be used to reach
more than one switch and the switch maybe more than one hop away.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-18 14:17:21 -07:00
Phil Sutter 0a5f107b67 net: dsa: convert to using IFF_NO_QUEUE
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-18 11:55:06 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 1114953615 net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects
Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects:

 - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN
 - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN
 - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN

The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range
does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback
to software VLAN and won't program the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 21:31:12 -07:00
David S. Miller 182ad468e7 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/Kconfig

The cavium conflict was overlapping dependency
changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 16:23:11 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 211c504a44 net: dsa: Do not override PHY interface if already configured
In case we need to divert reads/writes using the slave MII bus, we may have
already fetched a valid PHY interface property from Device Tree, and that
mode is used by the PHY driver to make configuration decisions.

If we could not fetch the "phy-mode" property, we will assign p->phy_interface
to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA, such that we can actually check for that condition as
to whether or not we should override the interface value.

Fixes: 19334920ea ("net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-12 14:29:50 -07:00
Vivien Didelot ba14d9eb19 net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects
Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to
support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 12:03:19 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 2a778e1b58 net: dsa: change FDB routines prototypes
Change the prototype of port_getnext to include a vid parameter.

This is necessary to introduce the support for VLAN.

Also rename the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointers to
port_fdb_{add,del,getnext} since they are specific to a given port.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 12:03:19 -07:00
David S. Miller cdf0969763 Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'"
This reverts commit f1d5ca4344, reversing
changes made to 4933d85c51.

I applied v2 instead of v3.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-11 12:00:37 -07:00
Andrew Lunn 6bc6d0a881 dsa: Support multiple MDIO busses
When using a cluster of switches, some topologies will have an MDIO
bus per switch, not one for the whole cluster. Allow this to be
represented in the device tree, by adding an optional mii-bus property
at the switch level. The old platform_device method of instantiation
supports this already, so only the device tree binding needs extending
with an additional optional phandle.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 14:25:02 -07:00
Vivien Didelot 55045ddded net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects
Remove the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointer in favor of new
port_fdb_{add,del,getnext}.

Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to
support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-09 22:48:09 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 04ff53f96a net: dsa: Add netconsole support
Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which
requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the
parent network device poll controller callback.

In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but
not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit
function.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 15:45:37 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 4ed70ce9f0 net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication
All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics,
make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent
network device transmit function.

In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag
creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do
some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4
tagging protocols supported.

We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag
specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g:
tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the
original sk_buff we were passed.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 15:45:37 -07:00
Florian Fainelli c8cf89f73f net: dsa: Fix off-by-one in switch address parsing
cd->sw_addr is used as a MDIO bus address, which cannot exceed
PHY_MAX_ADDR (32), our check was off-by-one.

Fixes: 5e95329b70 ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-11 23:25:16 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 8f5063e97f net: dsa: Test array index before use
port_index is used an index into an array, and this information comes
from Device Tree, make sure that port_index is not equal to the array
size before using it. Move the check against port_index earlier in the
loop.

Fixes: 5e95329b701c: ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-11 23:25:16 -07:00
Gilad Ben-Yossef 4fdeddfe04 dsa: fix promiscuity leak on slave dev open error
DSA master netdev promiscuity counter was not being properly
decremented on slave device open error path.

Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com>
CC: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladb@ezchip.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-28 16:57:08 -07:00
David S. Miller dda922c831 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
	include/net/mac80211.h

iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.

The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 22:51:30 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 24595346d7 net: dsa: Properly propagate errors from dsa_switch_setup_one
While shuffling some code around, dsa_switch_setup_one() was introduced,
and it was modified to return either an error code using ERR_PTR() or a
NULL pointer when running out of memory or failing to setup a switch.

This is a problem for its caler: dsa_switch_setup() which uses IS_ERR()
and expects to find an error code, not a NULL pointer, so we still try
to proceed with dsa_switch_setup() and operate on invalid memory
addresses. This can be easily reproduced by having e.g: the bcm_sf2
driver built-in, but having no such switch, such that drv->setup will
fail.

Fix this by using PTR_ERR() consistently which is both more informative
and avoids for the caller to use IS_ERR_OR_NULL().

Fixes: df197195a5 ("net: dsa: split dsa_switch_setup into two functions")
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:50:34 -07:00
Scott Feldman 42275bd8fc switchdev: don't use anonymous union on switchdev attr/obj structs
Older gcc versions (e.g.  gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs.  Fix this by using named union on structs.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 14:20:59 -04:00
Scott Feldman 3563606258 switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.

For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase.  This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Scott Feldman f8e20a9f87 switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute.  Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.

Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs.  So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Jiri Pirko 9d47c0a2d9 switchdev: s/swdev_/switchdev_/
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Andrew Lunn 448b4482c6 net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat
DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can
cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue:
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>

=============================================
[ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted
---------------------------------------------
kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock:
 (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc

but task is already holding lock:
 (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c

other info that might help us debug this:
 Possible unsafe locking scenario:

       CPU0
       ----
  lock(_xmit_ETHER#2);
  lock(_xmit_ETHER#2);

To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep
class.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:05:54 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 50d4964f1d net: dsa: Fix scope of eeprom-length property
eeprom-length is a switch property, not a dsa property, and thus
needs to be attached to the switch node, not to the dsa node.

Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 6793abb4e8 ("net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access")
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-29 15:35:04 -04:00
Vivien Didelot e3122b7fae net: dsa: use DEVICE_ATTR_RW to declare temp1_max
Since commit da4759c (sysfs: Use only return value from is_visible for
the file mode), it is possible to reduce the permissions of a file.

So declare temp1_max with the DEVICE_ATTR_RW macro and remove the write
permission in dsa_hwmon_attrs_visible if set_temp_limit isn't provided.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-17 15:58:37 -04:00
David S. Miller c85d6975ef Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
	net/core/fib_rules.c
	net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c

The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.

The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-06 22:34:15 -04:00
Pavel Nakonechny 303038135a net: dsa: fix filling routing table from OF description
According to description in 'include/net/dsa.h', in cascade switches
configurations where there are more than one interconnected devices,
'rtable' array in 'dsa_chip_data' structure is used to indicate which
port on this switch should be used to send packets to that are destined
for corresponding switch.

However, dsa_of_setup_routing_table() fills 'rtable' with port numbers
of the _target_ switch, but not current one.

This commit removes redundant devicetree parsing and adds needed port
number as a function argument. So dsa_of_setup_routing_table() now just
looks for target switch number by parsing parent of 'link' device node.

To remove possible misunderstandings with the way of determining target
switch number, a corresponding comment was added to the source code and
to the DSA device tree bindings documentation file.

This was tested on a custom board with two Marvell 88E6095 switches with
following corresponding routing tables: { -1, 10 } and { 8, -1 }.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Nakonechny <pavel.nakonechny@skitlab.ru>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-06 17:31:37 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel abd2be00d4 dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink
Don't use dev->iflink anymore.

CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 14:05:01 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 339d82626d net: dsa: Add basic framework to support ndo_fdb functions
Provide callbacks for ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del, and ndo_fdb_dump.

Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-29 13:23:54 -07:00
Guenter Roeck b06b107a4c net: dsa: Handle non-bridge master change
Master change notifications may occur other than when joining or
leaving a bridge, for example when being added to or removed from
a bond or Open vSwitch. In that case, do nothing instead of asking
the switch driver to remove a port from a bridge that it didn't join.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-25 14:04:57 -04:00
Mathieu Olivari c6f15070e7 net: dsa: make NET_DSA manually selectable from the config
Change bd76a11670 made all DSA drivers
depend on NET_DSA rather than selecting them. However, as the only way
to select this option was to actually select a driver, it made DSA
impossible to enable at all.

This patch adds an explicit entry which the user will have to enable
prior selecting a driver.

Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-20 21:37:58 -04:00
Jiri Pirko bd76a11670 dsa: change "select" to "depends on" for NET_SWITCHDEV and for NET_DSA
This would fix randconfig compile error:
net/built-in.o: In function `netdev_switch_fib_ipv4_abort':
(.text+0xf7811): undefined reference to `fib_flush_external'

Also it fixes following warnings:
warning: (NET_DSA) selects NET_SWITCHDEV which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && INET)

warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6131 && NET_DSA_MV88E6123_61_65 && NET_DSA_MV88E6171 && NET_DSA_MV88E6352 && NET_DSA_BCM_SF2) selects NET_DSA which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && HAVE_NET_DSA && NET_SWITCHDEV)

Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-16 16:29:18 -04:00
Scott Feldman 98237d433b switchdev: use new swdev ops
Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops).  No
functional changes to the implementation.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>

rocker: move to new swdev ops

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>

dsa: move to new swdev ops

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-16 00:14:43 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 96026d057a net: dsa: do not use slave MII bus for fixed PHYs
Commit cd28a1a9ba ("net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if
requested") introduced a check for particular PHYs that need to be
accessed using the slave MII bus created by DSA, but this check was too
inclusive. This would prevent fixed PHYs from being successfully
registered because those should not go through the slave MII bus created
by DSA.

Make sure we check that the PHY is not a fixed PHY to prevent that from
happening.

Fixes: cd28a1a9ba ("net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-14 19:16:44 -04:00
Florian Fainelli cd28a1a9ba net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested
In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the
switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver
implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII
bus in order for this to happen.

Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s
function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done
during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would
not go through these diverted reads and writes.

Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-11 17:56:29 -04:00
Florian Fainelli c305c1651c net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function
In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards
certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY
device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function:
dsa_slave_phy_connect().

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-11 17:56:28 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 769a020289 net: dsa: utilize of_find_net_device_by_node
Using of_find_device_by_node() restricts the search to platform_device that
match the specified device_node pointer. This is not even remotely true for
network devices backed by a pci_device for instance.

of_find_net_device_by_node() allows us to do a more thorough lookup to find the
struct net_device corresponding to a particular device_node pointer.

For symetry with the non-OF code path, we hold the net_device pointer in
dsa_probe() just like what dev_to_net_dev() does when we call this
function.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-09 23:50:21 -04:00
Florian Fainelli c86e59b9e6 net: dsa: extract dsa switch tree setup and removal
Extract the core logic that setups a 'struct dsa_switch_tree' and
removes it, update dsa_probe() and dsa_remove() to use the two helper
functions. This will be useful to allow for other callers to setup
this structure differently.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:18:20 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 5929903103 net: dsa: let switches specify their tagging protocol
In order to support the new DSA device driver model, a dsa_switch should
be able to advertise the type of tagging protocol supported by the
underlying switch device. This also removes constraints on how tagging
can be stacked to each other.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:18:20 -05:00
Florian Fainelli df197195a5 net: dsa: split dsa_switch_setup into two functions
Split the part of dsa_switch_setup() which is responsible for allocating
and initializing a 'struct dsa_switch' and the part which is doing a
given switch device setup and slave network device creation.

This is a preliminary change to allow a separate caller of
dsa_switch_setup_one() which may have externally initialized the
dsa_switch structure, outside of dsa_switch_setup().

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:18:20 -05:00
Florian Fainelli b324c07ac4 net: dsa: allow deferred probing
In preparation for allowing a different model to register DSA switches,
update dsa_of_probe() and dsa_probe() to return -EPROBE_DEFER where
appropriate.

Failure to find a phandle or Device Tree property is still fatal, but
looking up the internal device structure associated with a Device Tree
node is something that might need to be delayed based on driver probe
ordering.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:18:20 -05:00
Florian Fainelli f1a26a062f net: dsa: update dsa_of_{probe, remove} to use a device pointer
In preparation for allowing a different mechanism to register DSA switch
devices and driver, update dsa_of_probe and dsa_of_remove to take a
struct device pointer since neither of these two functions uses the
struct platform_device pointer.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-06 00:18:20 -05:00
Guenter Roeck d79d210736 net: dsa: Introduce dsa_is_port_initialized
To avoid race conditions when using the ds->ports[] array,
we need to check if the accessed port has been initialized.
Introduce and use helper function dsa_is_port_initialized
for that purpose and use it where needed.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-25 17:57:48 -05:00
Florian Fainelli b73adef677 net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging
In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select
NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id
NDOs that we are required to implement.

To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3
types of operations:

- port_join_bridge
- port_leave_bridge
- port_stp_update

DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port
members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit
the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for
slow MDIO buses).

We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network
devices are brought up/down while being bridge members.

Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in
BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it
disabled as a result of having left the bridge.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-25 17:03:38 -05:00
Guenter Roeck d87d6f44d7 net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used
A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created
slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can
result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices
by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being
added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized.

Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in
dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs
to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-25 17:03:38 -05:00
Guenter Roeck 19334920ea net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type
If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree
is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code
sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode
without checking if it is valid.

This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect
or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid
value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface.

Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-17 10:37:39 -08:00
Andrew Lunn b750f5b427 net: dsa: Remove redundant phy_attach()
dsa_slave_phy_setup() finds the phy for the port via device tree and
using of_phy_connect(), or it uses the fall back of taking a phy from
the switch internal mdio bus and calling phy_connect_direct(). Either
way, if a phy is found, phy_attach_direct() is called to attach the
phy to the slave device.

In dsa_slave_create(), a second call to phy_attach() is made. This
results in the warning "PHY already attached". Remove this second,
redundant attaching of the phy.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-09 14:05:42 -08:00
Tobias Waldekranz e04449fcf2 dsa: correctly determine the number of switches in a system
The number of connected switches was sourced from the number of
children to the DSA node, change it to the number of available
children, skipping any disabled switches.

Fixes: 5e95329b70 ("dsa: add device tree bindings to register DSA switches")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-07 22:07:37 -08:00
Vivien Didelot 24df8986f3 net: dsa: set slave MII bus PHY mask
When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries
to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register
the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch
PHYs mask.

As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no
registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names:

	static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = {
		[...]
		.port_names[0] = "sw0",
		.port_names[1] = "sw1",
		.port_names[2] = "sw2",
		.port_names[3] = "sw3",
		.port_names[4] = "sw4",
		.port_names[5] = "cpu",
	};

DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the
slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will
be successfully created.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-25 16:00:54 -08:00
Linus Torvalds e6b5be2be4 Driver core patches for 3.19-rc1
Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
 
 They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
 drivers.  They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes, just
 removing a line in a structure.
 
 Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes.  There are
 some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been acked by
 the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs changes.
 
 Everything has been in linux-next for a while.
 
 Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iEYEABECAAYFAlSOD20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylLPACg2QrW1oHhdTMT9WI8jihlHVRM
 53kAoLeteByQ3iVwWurwwseRPiWa8+MI
 =OVRS
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core

Pull driver core update from Greg KH:
 "Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.

  They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
  drivers.  They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes,
  just removing a line in a structure.

  Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes.  There
  are some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been
  acked by the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs
  changes.

  Everything has been in linux-next for a while"

* tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (324 commits)
  Revert "ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries"
  fs: debugfs: add forward declaration for struct device type
  firmware class: Deletion of an unnecessary check before the function call "vunmap"
  firmware loader: fix hung task warning dump
  devcoredump: provide a one-way disable function
  device: Add dev_<level>_once variants
  ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries
  ath: use seq_file api for ath9k debugfs files
  debugfs: add helper function to create device related seq_file
  drivers/base: cacheinfo: remove noisy error boot message
  Revert "core: platform: add warning if driver has no owner"
  drivers: base: support cpu cache information interface to userspace via sysfs
  drivers: base: add cpu_device_create to support per-cpu devices
  topology: replace custom attribute macros with standard DEVICE_ATTR*
  cpumask: factor out show_cpumap into separate helper function
  driver core: Fix unbalanced device reference in drivers_probe
  driver core: fix race with userland in device_add()
  sysfs/kernfs: make read requests on pre-alloc files use the buffer.
  sysfs/kernfs: allow attributes to request write buffer be pre-allocated.
  fs: sysfs: return EGBIG on write if offset is larger than file size
  ...
2014-12-14 16:10:09 -08:00
Florian Fainelli 9697f1cde9 net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup
In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and
propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create().

Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 21:00:08 -05:00
Florian Fainelli 53013c7743 net: dsa: handle non-existing PHYs on switch internal bus
In case there is no PHY at the designated address on the internal
switch, we would basically de-reference a null pointer here:

dsa_slave_phy_setup(...)
{
	p->phy = ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_map[p->port];
	phy_connect_direct(slave_dev, p->phy, dsa_slave_adjust_link,
				      ^------

This can be triggered when the platform configuration (platform_data or
Device Tree) indicates there should be a PHY device at this address, but
the HW is non-responsive, such that we cannot attach a PHY device at
this specific location.

Fix this by checking the return value prior to calling
phy_connect_direct().

CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Reported-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:58:50 -05:00
Fabian Frederick 6f2aed6ad7 net: dsa: replace count*size kzalloc by kcalloc
kcalloc manages count*sizeof overflow.

Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-16 14:41:39 -05:00
Fabian Frederick 5bc4b46a70 net: dsa: replace count*size kmalloc by kmalloc_array
kmalloc_array manages count*sizeof overflow.

Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-16 14:41:39 -05:00
Joe Perches a2ae6007a4 dsa: Use netdev_<level> instead of printk
Neaten and standardize the logging output.

Other miscellanea:

o Use pr_notice_once instead of a guard flag.
o Convert existing pr_<level> uses too.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-11 13:30:57 -05:00
David S. Miller 4e84b496fd Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2014-11-06 22:01:18 -05:00
Andrew Lunn b31f65fb43 net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus
When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus,
we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise
auto-negotiation etc, does not work.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-06 15:06:28 -05:00
Greg Kroah-Hartman a8a93c6f99 Merge branch 'platform/remove_owner' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/wsa/linux into driver-core-next
Remove all .owner fields from platform drivers
2014-11-03 19:53:56 -08:00
David S. Miller 55b42b5ca2 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/phy/marvell.c

Simple overlapping changes in drivers/net/phy/marvell.c

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-01 14:53:27 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 3d762a0f0a net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool
Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 14:54:11 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 6793abb4e8 net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access
On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom.
Add infrastructure support for it.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 14:54:11 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 51579c3f1a net: dsa: Add support for reporting switch chip temperatures
Some switches provide chip temperature data.
Add support for reporting it through the hwmon subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 14:54:11 -04:00
Guenter Roeck 734cbb5b6b net: dsa: Don't set skb->protocol on outgoing tagged packets
Setting skb->protocol to a private protocol type may result in warning
messages such as
	e1000e 0000:00:19.0 em1: checksum_partial proto=dada!

This happens if the L3 protocol is IP or IPv6 and skb->ip_summed is set
to CHECKSUM_PARTIAL. Looking through the code, it appears that changing
skb->protocol for transmitted packets is not necessary and may actually
be harmful. For example, it prevents purposely unmodified (from a DSA
perspective) network drivers from properly setting up their transmit
checksum offload pointers since they inspect skb->protocol to set up the
IPv4 header or IPv6 header pointers. So don't unnecessarily change the
protocol field.

Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-30 14:54:10 -04:00
Andrew Lunn ae439286a0 net: dsa: Error out on tagging protocol mismatches
If there is a mismatch between enabled tagging protocols and the
protocol the switch supports, error out, rather than continue with a
situation which is unlikely to work.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
cc: alexander.h.duyck@intel.com
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-28 15:27:54 -04:00
Wolfram Sang 0dd1153813 net: dsa: drop owner assignment from platform_drivers
A platform_driver does not need to set an owner, it will be populated by the
driver core.

Signed-off-by: Wolfram Sang <wsa@the-dreams.de>
2014-10-20 16:21:58 +02:00
Andrew Lunn 228b16cb13 Net: DSA: Fix checking for get_phy_flags function
The check for the presence or not of the optional switch function
get_phy_flags() called the function, rather than checked to see if it
is a NULL pointer. This causes a derefernce of a NULL pointer on all
switch chips except the sf2, the only switch to implement this call.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 6819563e64 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-19 12:46:31 -04:00
Florian Fainelli a28205437b net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions
net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h
but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure
declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix
those by including the correct header files.

Fixes: ec9436baed ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment")
Fixes: ce31b31c68 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-17 23:54:46 -04:00
Florian Fainelli f7d6b96f34 net: dsa: do not call phy_start_aneg
Commit f7f1de51ed ("net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine")
add calls to phy_start() in dsa_slave_open() respectively phy_stop() in
dsa_slave_close().

We also call phy_start_aneg() in dsa_slave_create(), and this call is
messing up with the PHY state machine, since we basically start the
auto-negotiation, and later on restart it when calling phy_start().
phy_start() does not currently handle the PHY_FORCING or PHY_AN states
properly, but such a fix would be too invasive for this window.

Fixes: f7f1de51ed ("net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-04 20:44:44 -04:00
Thierry Reding e506d405ac net: dsa: Fix build warning for !PM_SLEEP
The dsa_switch_suspend() and dsa_switch_resume() functions are only used
when PM_SLEEP is enabled, so they need #ifdef CONFIG_PM_SLEEP protection
to avoid a compiler warning.

Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-01 15:24:00 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 7905288f09 net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE
Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port
basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating
these operations to the switch driver.

set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that
EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation
result is satisfactory.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-28 17:14:09 -04:00
Florian Fainelli b2f2af21e3 net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports
Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch
driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power
as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory
arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the
switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking
the PHY out of deep low power mode).

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-28 17:14:08 -04:00
Florian Fainelli f7f1de51ed net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine
dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY
interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state
machine accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-28 17:14:08 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 19e57c4e6d net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices
Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and
setters.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-22 14:41:23 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 2446254915 net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks
Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the
following split:

- suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY
  devices
- suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-22 14:41:23 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 6819563e64 net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags
Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific
workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches
driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags()
callback which will do just that.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 16:27:07 -04:00
Florian Fainelli c1f570a6ab net: dsa: fix mii_bus to host_dev replacement
dsa_of_probe() still used cd->mii_bus instead of cd->host_dev when
building with CONFIG_OF=y. Fix this by making the replacement here as
well.

Fixes: b4d2394d01 ("dsa: Replace mii_bus with a generic host device")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 17:52:48 -04:00
Alexander Duyck b4d2394d01 dsa: Replace mii_bus with a generic host device
This change makes it so that instead of passing and storing a mii_bus we
instead pass and store a host_dev.  From there we can test to determine the
exact type of device, and can verify it is the correct device for our switch.

So for example it would be possible to pass a device pointer from a pci_dev
and instead of checking for a PHY ID we could check for a vendor and/or device
ID.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 17:24:20 -04:00
Alexander Duyck 5075314e4e dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately
This change addresses several issues.

First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer.
To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before
we set tag_protocol.

Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a
new slave was registered.  So by moving the receive portion out into root
switch initialization that issue should be addressed.

Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered
so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on
the root tree.  If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames.

Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots.  I
placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it
easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the
slave for the same reason.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 17:24:20 -04:00
Florian Fainelli ac7a04c33d net: dsa: change tag_protocol to an enum
Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer
with commit 3e8a72d1da ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks")
that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch
driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can
replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol.

Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the
cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not
need it anymore.

Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-13 17:04:35 -04:00
Florian Fainelli 61b7363ffa net: dsa: make dsa_pack_type static
net/dsa/dsa.c:624:20: sparse: symbol 'dsa_pack_type' was not declared.
Should it be static?

Fixes: 3e8a72d1da ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks")
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-01 20:41:45 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 246d7f773c net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver
Add support for the Broadcom Starfigther 2 switch chip using a DSA
driver. This switch driver supports the following features:

- configuration of the external switch port interface: MII, RevMII,
  RGMII and RGMII_NO_ID are supported
- support for the per-port MIB counters
- support for link interrupts for special ports (e.g: MoCA)
- powering up/down of switch memories to conserve power when ports are
  unused

Finally, update the compatible property for the DSA core code to match
our switch top-level compatible node.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 22:59:40 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 5037d532b8 net: dsa: add Broadcom tag RX/TX handler
Add support for the 4-bytes Broadcom tag that built-in switches such as
the Starfighter 2 might insert when receiving packets, or that we need
to insert while targetting specific switch ports. We use a fake local
EtherType value for this 4-bytes switch tag: ETH_P_BRCMTAG to make sure
we can assign DSA-specific network operations within the DSA drivers.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 22:59:40 -07:00
Florian Fainelli ce31b31c68 net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information
Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform
port-specific link work.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 22:59:40 -07:00
Florian Fainelli ec9436baed net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment
Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has
changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback
so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link
notification.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 22:59:40 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 5aed85cec2 net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging
In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just
does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of
dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c.

We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to
override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type
function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal
path.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 22:59:40 -07:00
Florian Fainelli 0d8bcdd383 net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups
Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just
the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus.

This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a
separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port.

Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1
mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the
switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1.

Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and
divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO
PHY addresses.

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-27 22:59:40 -07:00